Bộ: Tipiṭaka (Mūla) · Majjhimapaṇṇāsapāḷi
Majjhimapaṇṇāsapāḷi
Đang xem liên mạch theo sách (218 trang nguồn) · Đang giới hạn hiển thị 25 trang đầu để tránh lag
Pāli
Namo tassa bhagavato arahato samm āsambuddhassa
Majjhimanikāye
Majjhimapaṇṇāsapāḷi
1. Gahapativaggo
1. Kandarakasuttaṃ
1. Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā campāyaṃ viharati gaggarāya pokkharaṇiyā tīre
mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ. Atha kho pesso [peyo (ka.)] ca hatthārohaputto kandarako ca
paribbājako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā pesso hatthārohaputto bhagavantaṃ
abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Kandarako pana paribbājako bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi.
Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ
[sārāṇīyaṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ pī.)] vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi.
Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho kandarako paribbājako tuṇhībhūtaṃ tuṇhībhūtaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ anuviloketvā
bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘acchariyaṃ, bho gotama, abbhutaṃ, bho gotama, yāvañcidaṃ bhotā
gotamena sammā bhikkhusaṅgho paṭipādito! Yepi te, bho gotama, ahesuṃ atītamaddhānaṃ arahanto
sammāsambuddhā tepi bhagavanto etaparamaṃyeva sammā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paṭipādesuṃ – seyyathāpi
etarahi bhotā gotamena sammā bhikkhusaṅgho paṭipādito. Yepi te, bho gotama, bhavissanti
anāgatamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā tepi bhagavanto etaparamaṃyeva sammā
bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paṭipādessanti – seyyathāpi etarahi bhotā gotamena sammā bhikkhusaṅgho
paṭipādito’’ti.
2. ‘‘Evametaṃ, kandaraka, evametaṃ, kandaraka. Yepi te, kandaraka, ahesuṃ atītamaddhānaṃ
arahanto sammāsambuddhā tepi bhagavanto etaparamaṃyeva sammā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paṭipādesuṃ –
seyyathāpi etarahi mayā sammā bhikkhusaṅgho paṭipādito. Yepi te, kandaraka, bhavissanti
anāgatamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā tepi bhagavanto etaparamaṃyeva sammā
bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paṭipādessanti – seyyathāpi etarahi mayā sammā bhikkhusaṅgho paṭipādito.
‘‘Santi hi, kandaraka, bhikkhū imasmiṃ bhikkhusaṅghe arahanto khīṇāsavā vusitavanto
katakaraṇīyā ohitabhārā anuppattasadatthā parikkhīṇabhavasaṃyojanā sammadaññā vimuttā. Santi hi,
kandaraka, bhikkhū imasmiṃ bhikkhusaṅghe sekkhā santatasīlā santatavuttino nipakā nipakavuttino; te
catūsu
[nipakavuttino catūsu (sī.)] satipaṭṭhānesu suppatiṭṭhitacittā [supaṭṭhitacittā (sī. pī. ka.)] viharanti.
Katamesu catūsu? Idha, kandaraka, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya
loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ; vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke
abhijjhādomanassaṃ; citte cittānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke
abhijjhādomanassaṃ; dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke
abhijjhādomanassa’’nti.
3. Evaṃ vutte, pesso hatthārohaputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ,
bhante! Yāva supaññattā cime, bhante, bhagavatā cattāro satipaṭṭhānā sattānaṃ visuddhiyā
sokaparidevānaṃ [sokapariddavānaṃ (sī. pī.)] samatikkamāya dukkhadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamāya
ñāyassa adhigamāya nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya. Mayampi hi, bhante, gihī odātavasanā kālena kālaṃ
imesu catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu suppatiṭṭhitacittā viharāma. Idha mayaṃ, bhante, kāye kāyānupassino
viharāma ātāpino sampajānā satimanto, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ; vedanāsu vedanānupassino
viharāma ātāpino sampajānā satimanto, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ; citte cittānupassino viharāma
ātāpino sampajānā satimanto, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ; dhammesu dhammānupassino
viharāma ātāpino sampajānā satimanto, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. Acchariyaṃ, bhante,
abbhuta ṃ, bhante! Y āvañcida ṃ, bhante, bhagav ā eva ṃ manussagahane eva ṃ manussakasa ṭe eva ṃ
manussasāṭheyye vattamāne sattānaṃ hitāhitaṃ jānāti. Gahanañhetaṃ, bhante, yadidaṃ manussā;
uttānakañhetaṃ, bhante, yadidaṃ pasavo. Ahañhi, bhante, pahomi hatthidammaṃ sāretuṃ. Yāvatakena
antarena campaṃ gatāgataṃ karissati sabbāni tāni sāṭheyyāni kūṭeyyāni vaṅkeyyāni jimheyyāni
pātukarissati. Amhākaṃ pana, bhante, dāsāti vā pessāti vā kammakarāti vā aññathāva kāyena
samudācaranti aññathāva vācāya aññathāva nesaṃ cittaṃ hoti. Acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante!
Yāvañcidaṃ, bhante, bhagavā evaṃ manussagahane evaṃ manussakasaṭe evaṃ manussasāṭheyye
vattamāne sattānaṃ hitāhitaṃ jānāti. Gahanañhetaṃ, bhante, yadidaṃ manussā; uttānakañhetaṃ, bhante,
yadidaṃ pasavo’’ti.
4. ‘‘Evametaṃ, pessa, evametaṃ, pessa. Gahanañhetaṃ, pessa, yadidaṃ manussā; uttānakañhetaṃ,
pessa, yadidaṃ pasavo. Cattārome, pessa, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. Katame cattāro? Idha,
pessa, ekacco puggalo attantapo hoti attaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto; idha pana, pessa, ekacco puggalo
parantapo hoti paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto; idha pana, pessa, ekacco puggalo attantapo ca hoti
attaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto, parantapo ca paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto; idha pana, pessa,
ekacco puggalo nevattantapo hoti nāttaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto na parantapo na
paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto. So anattantapo aparantapo diṭṭheva dhamme nicchāto nibbuto
sītībhūto
[sītibhūto (sī. pī. ka.)] sukhappaṭisaṃvedī brahmabhūtena attanā viharati. Imesaṃ, pessa,
catunnaṃ puggalānaṃ katamo te puggalo cittaṃ ārādhetī’’ti?
‘‘Yvāyaṃ, bhante, puggalo attantapo attaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto, ayaṃ me puggalo cittaṃ
nārādheti. Yopāyaṃ, bhante, puggalo parantapo paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto, ayampi me puggalo
cittaṃ nārādheti. Yopāyaṃ, bhante, puggalo attantapo ca attaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto parantapo ca
paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto, ayampi me puggalo cittaṃ nārādheti. Yo ca kho ayaṃ, bhante,
puggalo nevattantapo nāttaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto na parantapo na
paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto, so anattantapo aparantapo diṭṭheva dhamme nicchāto nibbuto sītībhūto
sukhappaṭisaṃvedī brahmabhūtena attanā viharati – ayameva
[ayaṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] me puggalo
cittaṃ ārādhetī’’ti.
5. ‘‘Kasmā pana te, pessa, ime tayo puggalā cittaṃ nārādhentī’’ti? ‘‘Yvāyaṃ, bhante, puggalo
attantapo attaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto so attānaṃ sukhakāmaṃ dukkhapaṭikkūlaṃ ātāpeti paritāpeti
–iminā me ayaṃ puggalo cittaṃ nārādheti. Yopāyaṃ, bhante, puggalo parantapo
paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto so paraṃ sukhakāmaṃ dukkhapaṭikkūlaṃ ātāpeti paritāpeti – iminā me
ayaṃ puggalo cittaṃ nārādheti. Yopāyaṃ, bhante, puggalo attantapo ca attaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto
parantapo ca paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto so attānañca parañca sukhakāmaṃ dukkhapaṭikkūlaṃ
[sukhakāme dukkhapaṭikkūle (sī. pī.)] ātāpeti paritāpeti – iminā me ayaṃ puggalo cittaṃ nārādheti. Yo
ca kho ayaṃ, bhante, puggalo nevattantapo nāttaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto na parantapo na
paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto so anattantapo aparantapo diṭṭheva dhamme nicchāto nibbuto sītībhūto
sukhappaṭisaṃvedī brahmabhūtena attanā
[viharati. iminā (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] viharati; so attānañca
parañca sukhakāmaṃ dukkhapaṭikkūlaṃ neva ātāpeti na paritāpeti – iminā [viharati. iminā (sī. syā. kaṃ.
pī.)] me ayaṃ puggalo cittaṃ ārādheti. Handa, ca dāni mayaṃ, bhante, gacchāma; bahukiccā mayaṃ
bahukaraṇīyā’’ti. ‘‘Yassadāni tvaṃ, pessa, kālaṃ maññasī’’ti. Atha kho pesso hatthārohaputto
bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ
katvā pakkāmi.
6. Atha kho bhagavā acirapakkante pesse hatthārohaputte bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘paṇḍito, bhikkhave,
pesso hatthārohaputto; mahāpañño, bhikkhave, pesso hatthārohaputto. Sace, bhikkhave, pesso
hatthārohaputto muhuttaṃ nisīdeyya yāvassāhaṃ ime cattāro puggale vitthārena vibhajissāmi
[vibhajāmi (sī. pī.)] , mahatā atthena saṃyutto abhavissa. Api ca, bhikkhave, ettāvatāpi pesso
hatthārohaputto mahatā atthena saṃyutto’’ti. ‘‘Etassa, bhagavā, kālo, etassa, sugata, kālo, yaṃ bhagavā
ime catt āro puggale vitth ārena vibhajeyya. Bhagavato sutv ā bhikkh ū dh āressant ī’’ ti. ‘‘ Tena hi,
bhikkhave, su ṇā tha, s ādhuka ṃ manasi karotha, bh āsiss āmī’’ ti. ‘‘ Eva ṃ, bhante ’’ ti kho te bhikkh ū
bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –
7. ‘‘Katamo ca, bhikkhave, puggalo attantapo attaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto? Idha, bhikkhave,
ekacco puggalo acelako hoti muttācāro hatthāpalekhano [hatthāvalekhano (syā. kaṃ.)] naehibhaddantiko
natiṭṭhabhaddantiko [naehibhadantiko, natiṭṭhabhadantiko (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] ; nābhihaṭaṃ na
uddissakataṃ na nimantanaṃ sādiyati; so na kumbhimukhā paṭiggaṇhāti na kaḷopimukhā
[khaḷopimukho (sī.)] paṭiggaṇhāti na eḷakamantaraṃ na daṇḍamantaraṃ na musalamantaraṃ na
dvinnaṃ bhuñjamānānaṃ na gabbhiniyā na pāyamānāya na purisantaragatāya na saṅkittīsu na yattha sā
upaṭṭhito hoti na yattha makkhikā saṇḍasaṇḍacārinī; na macchaṃ na maṃsaṃ na suraṃ na merayaṃ na
thusodakaṃ pivati. So ekāgāriko vā hoti ekālopiko, dvāgāriko vā hoti dvālopiko…pe… sattāgāriko vā
hoti sattālopiko; ekissāpi dattiyā yāpeti, dvīhipi dattīhi yāpeti…pe… sattahipi dattīhi yāpeti; ekāhikampi
āhāraṃ āhāreti, dvīhikampi āhāraṃ āhāreti…pe… sattāhikampi āhāraṃ āhāreti – iti evarūpaṃ
aḍḍhamāsikaṃ pariyāyabhattabhojanānuyogamanuyutto viharati. So sākabhakkho vā hoti,
sāmākabhakkho vā hoti, nīvārabhakkho vā hoti, daddulabhakkho vā hoti, haṭabhakkho vā hoti,
kaṇabhakkho vā hoti, ācāmabhakkho vā hoti, piññākabhakkho vā hoti, tiṇabhakkho vā hoti,
gomayabhakkho vā hoti; vanamūlaphalāhāro yāpeti pavattaphalabhojī. So sāṇānipi dhāreti, masāṇānipi
dhāreti, chavadussānipi dhāreti, paṃsukūlānipi dhāreti, tirīṭānipi dhāreti, ajinampi dhāreti,
ajinakkhipampi dhāreti, kusacīrampi dhāreti, vākacīrampi dhāreti, phalakacīrampi dhāreti,
kesakambalampi dhāreti, vāḷakambalampi dhāreti, ulūkapakkhampi dhāreti; kesamassulocakopi hoti,
kesamassulocanānuyogamanuyutto, ubbhaṭṭhakopi hoti āsanapaṭikkhitto, ukkuṭikopi hoti
ukkuṭikappadhānamanuyutto, kaṇṭakāpassayikopi hoti kaṇṭakāpassaye seyyaṃ kappeti
[passa ma. ni.
1.155 mahāsīhanādasutte] ; sāyatatiyakampi udakorohanānuyogamanuyutto viharati – iti evarūpaṃ
anekavihitaṃ kāyassa ātāpanaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto viharati. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, puggalo
attantapo attaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto.
8. ‘‘Katamo ca, bhikkhave, puggalo parantapo paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto? Idha, bhikkhave,
ekacco puggalo orabbhiko hoti sūkariko sākuṇiko māgaviko luddo macchaghātako coro coraghātako
goghātako bandhanāgāriko ye vā panaññepi keci kurūrakammantā. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, puggalo
parantapo paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto.
9. ‘‘Katamo ca, bhikkhave, puggalo attantapo ca attaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto parantapo ca
paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto? Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo rājā vā hoti khattiyo muddhāvasitto
brāhmaṇo vā mahāsālo. So puratthimena nagarassa navaṃ santhāgāraṃ
[sandhāgāraṃ (ṭīkā)] kārāpetvā
kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kharājinaṃ nivāsetvā sappitelena kāyaṃ abbhañjitvā magavisāṇena piṭṭhiṃ
kaṇḍuvamāno navaṃ santhāgāraṃ pavisati saddhiṃ mahesiyā brāhmaṇena ca purohitena. So tattha
anantarahitāya bhūmiyā haritupalittāya seyyaṃ kappeti. Ekissāya gāviyā sarūpavacchāya yaṃ ekasmiṃ
thane khīraṃ hoti tena rājā yāpeti, yaṃ dutiyasmiṃ thane khīraṃ hoti tena mahesī yāpeti, yaṃ
tatiyasmiṃ thane khīraṃ hoti tena brāhmaṇo purohito yāpeti, yaṃ catutthasmiṃ thane khīraṃ hoti tena
aggiṃ juhati, avasesena vacchako yāpeti. So evamāha – ‘ettakā usabhā haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā
vacchatarā haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā vacchatariyo haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā ajā haññantu
yaññatthāya, ettakā urabbhā haññantu yaññatthāya, (ettakā assā haññantu yaññatthāya) [( ) natthi sī. pī.
potthakesu] , ettakā rukkhā chijjantu yūpatthāya, ettakā dabbhā lūyantu barihisatthāyā’ti [parihiṃ
satthāya (ka.)] . Yepissa te honti dāsāti vā pessāti vā kammakarāti vā tepi daṇḍatajjitā bhayatajjitā
assumukhā rudamānā parikammāni karonti. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, puggalo attantapo ca
attaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto parantapo ca paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto.
10 . ‘‘Katamo ca, bhikkhave, puggalo nevattantapo nāttaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto na parantapo
na paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto, so anattantapo aparantapo diṭṭheva dhamme nicchāto nibbuto
sītībhūto sukhappaṭisaṃvedī brahmabhūtena attanā viharati? Idha, bhikkhave, tathāgato loke uppajjati
arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā
devamanuss āna ṃ buddho bhagav ā. So ima ṃ loka ṃ sadevaka ṃ sam āraka ṃ sabrahmaka ṃ
sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṃ pajaṃ sadevamanussaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti. So dhammaṃ
deseti ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ, kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ
parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāseti. Taṃ dhammaṃ suṇāti gahapati vā gahapatiputto vā
aññatarasmiṃ vā kule paccājāto. So taṃ dhammaṃ sutvā tathāgate saddhaṃ paṭilabhati. So tena
saddhāpaṭilābhena samannāgato iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘sambādho gharāvāso rajāpatho, abbhokāso
pabbajjā. Nayidaṃ sukaraṃ agāraṃ ajjhāvasatā ekantaparipuṇṇaṃ ekantaparisuddhaṃ saṅkhalikhitaṃ
brahmacariyaṃ carituṃ. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā
anagāriyaṃ pabbajeyya’nti. So aparena samayena appaṃ vā bhogakkhandhaṃ pahāya, mahantaṃ vā
bhogakkhandhaṃ pahāya, appaṃ vā ñātiparivaṭṭaṃ pahāya, mahantaṃ vā ñātiparivaṭṭaṃ pahāya,
kesamassuṃ ohāretvā, kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajati.
11 . ‘‘So evaṃ pabbajito samāno bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāsājīvasamāpanno pāṇātipātaṃ pahāya
pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti nihitadaṇḍo nihitasattho, lajjī dayāpanno sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī viharati.
Adinnādānaṃ pahāya adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti dinnādāyī dinnapāṭikaṅkhī, athenena sucibhūtena attanā
viharati. Abrahmacariyaṃ pahāya brahmacārī hoti ārācārī virato methunā gāmadhammā. Musāvādaṃ
pahāya musāvādā paṭivirato hoti saccavādī saccasandho theto paccayiko avisaṃvādako lokassa.
Pisuṇaṃ vācaṃ pahāya pisuṇāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti, ito sutvā na amutra akkhātā imesaṃ bhedāya,
amutra vā sutvā na imesaṃ akkhātā amūsaṃ bhedāya – iti bhinnānaṃ vā sandhātā sahitānaṃ vā
anuppadātā samaggārāmo samaggarato samagganandī samaggakaraṇiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā hoti. Pharusaṃ
vācaṃ pahāya pharusāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti, yā sā vācā nelā kaṇṇasukhā pemanīyā hadayaṅgamā
porī bahujanakantā bahujanamanāpā tathārūpiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā hoti. Samphappalāpaṃ pahāya
samphappalāpā paṭivirato hoti kālavādī bhūtavādī atthavādī dhammavādī vinayavādī, nidhānavatiṃ
vācaṃ bhāsitā kālena sāpadesaṃ pariyantavatiṃ atthasaṃhitaṃ. So bījagāmabhūtagāmasamārambhā
paṭivirato hoti, ekabhattiko hoti rattūparato virato vikālabhojanā; naccagītavāditavisūkadassanā
paṭivirato hoti; mālāgandhavilepanadhāraṇamaṇḍanavibhūsanaṭṭhānā paṭivirato hoti;
uccāsayanamahāsayanā paṭivirato hoti; jātarūparajatapaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti;
āmakadhaññapaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti; āmakamaṃsapaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti;
itthikumārikapaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti; dāsidāsapaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti; ajeḷakapaṭiggahaṇā
paṭivirato hoti; kukkuṭasūkarapaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti; hatthigavassavaḷavapaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato
hoti; khettavatthupaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti; dūteyyapahiṇagamanānuyogā paṭivirato hoti; kayavikkayā
paṭivirato hoti; tulākūṭakaṃsakūṭamānakūṭā paṭivirato hoti; ukkoṭanavañcananikatisāciyogā
[sāviyogā
(syā. kaṃ. ka.) sāci kuṭilapariyāyo] paṭivirato hoti; chedanavadhabandhanaviparāmosaālopasahasākārā
paṭivirato hoti [passa ma. ni. 1.293 cūḷahatthipadopame] .
‘‘So santuṭṭho hoti kāyaparihārikena cīvarena kucchiparihārikena piṇḍapātena. So yena yeneva
pakkamati, samādāyeva pakkamati. Seyyathāpi nāma pakkhī sakuṇo yena yeneva ḍeti, sapattabhārova
ḍeti; evameva bhikkhu santuṭṭho hoti kāyaparihārikena cīvarena kucchiparihārikena piṇḍapātena. So
yena yeneva pakkamati, samādāyeva pakkamati. So iminā ariyena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato
ajjhattaṃ anavajjasukhaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti.
12 . ‘‘So cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī. Yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ
cakkhundriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ
tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati, rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ, cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. Sotena saddaṃ
sutvā…pe… ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā…pe… jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā…pe… kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ
phusitvā…pe… manasā dhammaṃ viññāya na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī.
Yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ manindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā
dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati, rakkhati manindriyaṃ, manindriye saṃvaraṃ
āpajjati. So iminā ariyena indriyasaṃvarena samannāgato ajjhattaṃ abyāsekasukhaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti.
‘‘ So abhikkante pa ṭikkante sampaj ānak ārī hoti, ālokite vilokite sampaj ānak ārī hoti, samiñjite
pas ārite sampaj ānak ārī hoti, sa ṅgh āṭ ipattac īvaradh āra ṇe sampaj ānak ārī hoti, asite p īte kh āyite s āyite
sampajānakārī hoti, uccārapassāvakamme sampajānakārī hoti, gate ṭhite nisinne sutte jāgarite bhāsite
tuṇhībhāve sampajānakārī hoti.
13 . ‘‘So iminā ca ariyena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato, (imāya ca ariyāya santuṭṭhiyā
samannāgato,) [passa ma. ni. 1.296 cūḷahatthipadopame] iminā ca ariyena indriyasaṃvarena
samannāgato, iminā ca ariyena satisampajaññena samannāgato vivittaṃ senāsanaṃ bhajati araññaṃ
rukkhamūlaṃ pabbataṃ kandaraṃ giriguhaṃ susānaṃ vanapatthaṃ abbhokāsaṃ palālapuñjaṃ. So
pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto nisīdati pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya parimukhaṃ
satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā. So abhijjhaṃ loke pahāya vigatābhijjhena cetasā viharati, abhijjhāya cittaṃ
parisodheti, byāpādapadosaṃ pahāya abyāpannacitto viharati sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī,
byāpādapadosā cittaṃ parisodheti; thīnamiddhaṃ pahāya vigatathīnamiddho viharati ālokasaññī sato
sampajāno, thīnamiddhā cittaṃ parisodheti; uddhaccakukkuccaṃ pahāya anuddhato viharati ajjhattaṃ
vūpasantacitto, uddhaccakukkuccā cittaṃ parisodheti; vicikicchaṃ pahāya tiṇṇavicikiccho viharati
akathaṃkathī kusalesu dhammesu, vicikicchāya cittaṃ parisodheti.
‘‘So ime pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe, vivicceva kāmehi
vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ
upasampajja viharati; vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvaṃ
avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ samādhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati; pītiyā ca virāgā
upekkhako ca viharati sato ca sampajāno sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṃvedeti, yaṃ taṃ ariyā ācikkhanti –
‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati; sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa
ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ
catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati.
14 . ‘‘So evaṃ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte
kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇāya cittaṃ abhininnāmeti. So anekavihitaṃ
pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati, seyyathidaṃ – ekampi jātiṃ dvepi jātiyo tissopi jātiyo catassopi jātiyo
pañcapi jātiyo dasapi jātiyo vīsampi jātiyo tiṃsampi jātiyo cattālīsampi jātiyo paññāsampi jātiyo
jātisatampi jātisahassampi jātisatasahassampi anekepi saṃvaṭṭakappe anekepi vivaṭṭakappe anekepi
saṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe – ‘amutrāsiṃ evaṃnāmo evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evamāhāro
evaṃsukhadukkhappaṭisaṃvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto amutra udapādiṃ; tatrāpāsiṃ
evaṃnāmo evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṃsukhadukkhappaṭisaṃvedī evamāyupariyanto, so
tato cuto idhūpapanno’ti. Iti sākāraṃ sauddesaṃ anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati.
15 . ‘‘So evaṃ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte
kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte sattānaṃ cutūpapātañāṇāya cittaṃ abhininnāmeti. So dibbena cakkhunā
visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe
sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti – ‘ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā
vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṃ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā
micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ
upapannā; ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā
manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṃ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te
kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapannā’ti. Iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena
atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate
duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti.
16 . ‘‘So evaṃ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte
kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte āsavānaṃ khayañāṇāya cittaṃ abhininnāmeti. So ‘idaṃ dukkha’nti
yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. ‘Ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. ‘Ayaṃ dukkhanirodho’ti
yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. ‘Ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. ‘Ime āsavā’ti
yath ābh ūta ṃ paj ānāti. ‘Aya ṃ ā savasamudayo ’ti yath ābh ūta ṃ paj ānāti. ‘Aya ṃ ā savanirodho ’ti
yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. ‘Ayaṃ āsavanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. Tassa evaṃ jānato
evaṃ passato kāmāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccati, bhavāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccati, avijjāsavāpi cittaṃ
vimuccati. Vimuttasmiṃ vimuttamiti ñāṇaṃ hoti. ‘Khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ
karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’ti pajānāti. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, puggalo nevattantapo
nāttaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto, na parantapo na paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto. So attantapo
aparantapo diṭṭheva dhamme nicchāto nibbuto sītībhūto sukhappaṭisaṃvedī brahmabhūtena attanā
viharatī’’ti.
Idamavoca bhagavā. Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandunti.
Kandarakasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ paṭhamaṃ.
2. Aṭṭhakanāgarasuttaṃ
17 . Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ āyasmā ānando vesāliyaṃ viharati beluvagāmake
[veḷuvagāmake (syā. kaṃ. ka.)] . Tena kho pana samayena dasamo gahapati aṭṭhakanāgaro pāṭaliputtaṃ
anuppatto hoti kenacideva karaṇīyena. Atha kho dasamo gahapati aṭṭhakanāgaro yena kukkuṭārāmo yena
aññataro bhikkhu tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.
Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho dasamo gahapati aṭṭhakanāgaro taṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kahaṃ nu kho,
bhante, āyasmā ānando etarahi viharati? Dassanakāmā hi mayaṃ taṃ āyasmantaṃ ānanda’’nti. ‘‘Eso,
gahapati, āyasmā ānando vesāliyaṃ viharati beluvagāmake’’ti. Atha kho dasamo gahapati aṭṭhakanāgaro
pāṭaliputte taṃ karaṇīyaṃ tīretvā yena vesālī yena beluvagāmako yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami;
upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.
18 . Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho dasamo gahapati aṭṭhakanāgaro āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca –
‘‘atthi nu kho, bhante ānanda, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena ekadhammo
akkhāto yattha bhikkhuno appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato avimuttañceva cittaṃ vimuccati,
aparikkhīṇā ca āsavā parikkhayaṃ gacchanti, ananuppattañca anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ anupāpuṇātī’’ti?
‘‘Atthi kho, gahapati, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena ekadhammo
akkhāto yattha bhikkhuno appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato avimuttañceva cittaṃ vimuccati,
aparikkhīṇā ca āsavā parikkhayaṃ gacchanti, ananuppattañca anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ anupāpuṇātī’’ti.
‘‘Katamo pana, bhante ānanda, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena
ekadhammo akkhāto yattha bhikkhuno appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato avimuttañceva cittaṃ
vimuccati, aparikkhīṇā ca āsavā parikkhayaṃ gacchanti, ananuppattañca anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ
anupāpuṇātī’’ti?
19 . ‘‘Idha, gahapati, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ
vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. So iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘idampi
paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ abhisaṅkhataṃ abhisañcetayitaṃ. Yaṃ kho pana kiñci abhisaṅkhataṃ
abhisañcetayitaṃ tadaniccaṃ nirodhadhamma’nti pajānāti. So tattha ṭhito āsavānaṃ khayaṃ pāpuṇāti.
No ce āsavānaṃ khayaṃ pāpuṇāti, teneva dhammarāgena tāya dhammanandiyā pañcannaṃ
orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātiko hoti tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā
lokā. Ayampi kho, gahapati, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena ekadhammo
akkhāto yattha bhikkhuno appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato avimuttañceva cittaṃ vimuccati,
aparikkhīṇā ca āsavā parikkhayaṃ gacchanti, ananuppattañca anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ anupāpuṇāti.
20 . ‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapati, bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ…
pe… dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. So iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘idampi kho dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ
abhisa ṅkhata ṃ abhisañcetayita ṃ … anuttara ṃ yogakkhema ṃ anup āpu ṇā ti.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapati, bhikkhu pītiyā ca virāgā…pe… tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. So
iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘idampi kho tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ abhisaṅkhataṃ abhisañcetayitaṃ…pe… anuttaraṃ
yogakkhemaṃ anupāpuṇāti.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapati, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā …pe… catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja
viharati. So iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘idampi kho catutthaṃ jhānaṃ abhisaṅkhataṃ abhisañcetayitaṃ…
anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ anupāpuṇāti.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapati, bhikkhu mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharati, tathā
dutiyaṃ, tathā tatiyaṃ, tathā catutthaṃ [catutthiṃ (sī. pī.)] . Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi
sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena
abyābajjhena [abyāpajjhena (sī. syā. pī.), abyāpajjena (ka.) aṅguttaratikanipātaṭīkā oloketabbā]pharitvā
viharati. So iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘ayampi kho mettācetovimutti abhisaṅkhatā abhisañcetayitā. Yaṃ kho
pana kiñci abhisaṅkhataṃ abhisañcetayitaṃ tadaniccaṃ nirodhadhamma’nti pajānāti. So tattha ṭhito…
pe… anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ anupāpuṇāti.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapati, bhikkhu karuṇāsahagatena cetasā…pe… muditāsahagatena cetasā…pe …
upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṃ, tathā tatiyaṃ, tathā catutthaṃ.
Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena
mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā viharati. So iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘ayampi kho
upekkhācetovimutti abhisaṅkhatā abhisañcetayitā. Yaṃ kho pana kiñci abhisaṅkhataṃ abhisañcetayitaṃ
tadaniccaṃ nirodhadhamma’ntntti pajānāti. So tattha ṭhito… anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ anupāpuṇāti.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapati, bhikkhu sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṃ
atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. So
iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘ayampi kho ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpatti abhisaṅkhatā abhisañcetayitā. Yaṃ kho
pana kiñci abhisaṅkhataṃ abhisañcetayitaṃ tadaniccaṃ nirodhadhamma’nti pajānāti. So tattha ṭhito…
pe… anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ anupāpuṇāti.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapati, bhikkhu sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘anantaṃ
viññāṇa’nti viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. So iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘ayampi kho
viññāṇañcāyatanasamāpatti abhisaṅkhatā abhisañcetayitā. Yaṃ kho pana kiñci abhisaṅkhataṃ
abhisañcetayitaṃ tadaniccaṃ nirodhadhamma’nti pajānāti. So tattha ṭhito…pe… anuttaraṃ
yogakkhemaṃ anupāpuṇāti.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapati, bhikkhu sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti
ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. So iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘ayampi kho ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpatti
abhisaṅkhatā abhisañcetayitā. Yaṃ kho pana kiñci abhisaṅkhataṃ abhisañcetayitaṃ tadaniccaṃ
nirodhadhamma’nti pajānāti. So tattha ṭhito āsavānaṃ khayaṃ pāpuṇāti. No ce āsavānaṃ khayaṃ
pāpuṇāti, teneva dhammarāgena tāya dhammanandiyā pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ
parikkhayā opapātiko hoti tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā. Ayampi kho, gahapati, tena
bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena ekadhammo akkhāto yattha bhikkhuno
appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato avimuttañceva cittaṃ vimuccati, aparikkhīṇā ca āsavā
parikkhayaṃ gacchanti, ananuppattañca anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ anupāpuṇātī’’ti.
21 . Evaṃ vutte, dasamo gahapati aṭṭhakanāgaro āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘seyyathāpi,
bhante ānanda, puriso ekaṃva nidhimukhaṃ gavesanto sakideva ekādasa nidhimukhāni adhigaccheyya;
evameva kho ahaṃ, bhante, ekaṃ amatadvāraṃ gavesanto sakideva
[sakiṃ deva (ka.)] ekādasa
amatadv ārāni alattha ṃ bh āvan āya. Seyyath āpi, bhante, purisassa ag āra ṃ ek ādasadv āra ṃ , so tasmi ṃ
ag āre āditte ekamekenapi dv ārena sakku ṇeyya att āna ṃ sotthi ṃ kātu ṃ ; evameva kho aha ṃ , bhante,
imesaṃ ekādasannaṃ amatadvārānaṃ ekamekenapi amatadvārena sakkuṇissāmi attānaṃ sotthiṃ kātuṃ.
Imehi nāma, bhante, aññatitthiyā ācariyassa ācariyadhanaṃ pariyesissanti, kimaṅgaṃ [kiṃ (sī. pī.)]
panāhaṃ āyasmato ānandassa pūjaṃ na karissāmī’’ti! Atha kho dasamo gahapati aṭṭhakanāgaro
pāṭaliputtakañca vesālikañca bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sannipātetvā paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā
santappesi sampavāresi, ekamekañca bhikkhuṃ paccekaṃ dussayugena acchādesi, āyasmantañca
ānandaṃ ticīvarena acchādesi, āyasmato ca ānandassa pañcasatavihāraṃ kārāpesīti.
Aṭṭhakanāgarasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dutiyaṃ.
3. Sekhasuttaṃ
22 . Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṃ nigrodhārāme.
Tena kho pana samayena kāpilavatthavānaṃ [kapilavatthuvāsīnaṃ (ka.)] sakyānaṃ navaṃ santhāgāraṃ
acirakāritaṃ hoti anajjhāvuṭṭhaṃ [anajjhāvutthaṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā
kenaci vā manussabhūtena. Atha kho kāpilavatthavā sakyā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu;
upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho kāpilavatthavā
sakyā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘idha, bhante, kāpilavatthavānaṃ sakyānaṃ navaṃ santhāgāraṃ
acirakāritaṃ
[acirakāritaṃ hoti (syā. kaṃ. ka.)] anajjhāvuṭṭhaṃ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā kenaci vā
manussabhūtena. Taṃ, bhante, bhagavā paṭhamaṃ paribhuñjatu. Bhagavatā paṭhamaṃ paribhuttaṃ
pacchā kāpilavatthavā sakyā paribhuñjissanti. Tadassa kāpilavatthavānaṃ sakyānaṃ dīgharattaṃ hitāya
sukhāyā’’ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho kāpilavatthavā sakyā bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ
viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā yena navaṃ santhāgāraṃ
tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā sabbasanthariṃ santhāgāraṃ
[sabbasanthariṃ santhataṃ (ka.)]
santharitvā āsanāni paññapetvā udakamaṇikaṃ upaṭṭhapetvā telappadīpaṃ āropetvā yena bhagavā
tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā
kho kāpilavatthavā sakyā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘sabbasanthariṃ santhataṃ, bhante, santhāgāraṃ,
āsanāni paññattāni, udakamaṇiko upaṭṭhāpito, telappadīpo āropito. Yassadāni, bhante, bhagavā kālaṃ
maññatī’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena yena
santhāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā pāde pakkhāletvā santhāgāraṃ pavisitvā majjhimaṃ
thambhaṃ nissāya puratthābhimukho nisīdi. Bhikkhusaṅghopi kho pāde pakkhāletvā santhāgāraṃ
pavisitvā pacchimaṃ bhittiṃ nissāya puratthābhimukho nisīdi, bhagavantaṃyeva purakkhatvā.
Kāpilavatthavāpi kho sakyā pāde pakkhāletvā santhāgāraṃ pavisitvā puratthimaṃ bhittiṃ nissāya
pacchimābhimukhā nisīdiṃsu, bhagavantaṃyeva purakkhatvā. Atha kho bhagavā kāpilavatthave sakye
bahudeva rattiṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā āyasmantaṃ
ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘paṭibhātu taṃ, ānanda, kāpilavatthavānaṃ sakyānaṃ sekho pāṭipado
[paṭipado
(syā. kaṃ. ka.)] . Piṭṭhi me āgilāyati; tamahaṃ āyamissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando
bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā catugguṇaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ paññāpetvā dakkhiṇena passena
sīhaseyyaṃ kappesi, pāde pādaṃ accādhāya, sato sampajāno, uṭṭhānasaññaṃ manasi karitvā.
23 . Atha kho āyasmā ānando mahānāmaṃ sakkaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘idha, mahānāma, ariyasāvako
sīlasampanno hoti, indriyesu guttadvāro hoti, bhojane mattaññū hoti, jāgariyaṃ anuyutto hoti, sattahi
saddhammehi samannāgato hoti, catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ ābhicetasikānaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ
nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī.
24 . ‘‘Kathañca, mahānāma, ariyasāvako sīlasampanno hoti? Idha, mahānāma, ariyasāvako sīlavā
hoti, pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī,
samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. Evaṃ kho, mahānāma, ariyasāvako sīlasampanno hoti.
‘‘Kathañca, mahānāma, ariyasāvako indriyesu guttadvāro hoti? Idha, mahānāma, ariyasāvako
cakkhun ā rūpa ṃ disv ā na nimittagg āhī hoti n ānubyañjanagg āhī. Yatv ādhikara ṇamena ṃ cakkhundriya ṃ
asa ṃ vuta ṃ viharanta ṃ abhijjh ādomanass ā pāpak ā akusal ā dhamm ā anv āssaveyyu ṃ tassa
saṃvarāya paṭipajjati, rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ, cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. Sotena saddaṃ
sutvā…pe… ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā…pe… jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā…pe… kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ
phusitvā…pe… manasā dhammaṃ viññāya na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī.
Yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ manindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā
dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati, rakkhati manindriyaṃ, manindriye saṃvaraṃ
āpajjati. Evaṃ kho, mahānāma, ariyasāvako indriyesu guttadvāro hoti.
‘‘Kathañca, mahānāma, ariyasāvako bhojane mattaññū hoti? Idha, mahānāma, ariyasāvako
paṭisaṅkhā yoniso āhāraṃ āhāreti – ‘neva davāya na madāya na maṇḍanāya na vibhūsanāya; yāvadeva
imassa kāyassa ṭhitiyā yāpanāya vihiṃsūparatiyā brahmacariyānuggahāya. Iti purāṇañca vedanaṃ
paṭihaṅkhāmi, navañca vedanaṃ na uppādessāmi, yātrā ca me bhavissati anavajjatā ca phāsuvihāro cā’ti.
Evaṃ kho, mahānāma, ariyasāvako bhojane mattaññū hoti.
‘‘Kathañca, mahānāma, ariyasāvako jāgariyaṃ anuyutto hoti? Idha, mahānāma, ariyasāvako
divasaṃ caṅkamena nisajjāya āvaraṇīyehi dhammehi cittaṃ parisodheti, rattiyā paṭhamaṃ yāmaṃ
caṅkamena nisajjāya āvaraṇīyehi dhammehi cittaṃ parisodheti, rattiyā majjhimaṃ yāmaṃ dakkhiṇena
passena sīhaseyyaṃ kappeti, pāde pādaṃ accādhāya, sato sampajāno, uṭṭhānasaññaṃ manasi karitvā,
rattiyā pacchimaṃ yāmaṃ paccuṭṭhāya caṅkamena nisajjāya āvaraṇīyehi dhammehi cittaṃ parisodheti.
Evaṃ kho, mahānāma, ariyasāvako jāgariyaṃ anuyutto hoti.
25 . ‘‘Kathañca, mahānāma, ariyasāvako sattahi saddhammehi samannāgato hoti? Idha, mahānāma,
ariyasāvako saddho hoti, saddahati tathāgatassa bodhiṃ – ‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho
vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho
bhagavā’ti. Hirimā hoti, hirīyati kāyaduccaritena vacīduccaritena manoduccaritena, hirīyati pāpakānaṃ
akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samāpattiyā. Ottappī hoti, ottappati kāyaduccaritena vacīduccaritena
manoduccaritena, ottappati pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samāpattiyā. Bahussuto hoti sutadharo
sutasannicayo. Ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthā sabyañjanā
kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ abhivadanti tathārūpāssa dhammā bahussutā
[bahū sutā
(?)] honti dhātā [dhatā (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] vacasā paricitā manasānupekkhitā diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā.
Āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya, kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ upasampadāya,
thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu. Satimā hoti, paramena satinepakkena
samannāgato, cirakatampi cirabhāsitampi saritā anussaritā. Paññavā hoti, udayatthagāminiyā paññāya
samannāgato, ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyā. Evaṃ kho, mahānāma, ariyasāvako
sattahi saddhammehi samannāgato hoti.
26 . ‘‘Kathañca, mahānāma, ariyasāvako catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ ābhicetasikānaṃ
diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī? Idha, mahānāma,
ariyasāvako vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi, savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ
pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati; vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ
sampasādanaṃ…pe… dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati; pītiyā ca virāgā…pe… tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ
upasampajja viharati; sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṃ
atthaṅgamā…pe… catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Evaṃ kho, mahānāma, ariyasāvako
catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ ābhicetasikānaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī
akasiralābhī.
27 . ‘‘Yato kho, mahānāma, ariyasāvako evaṃ sīlasampanno hoti, evaṃ indriyesu guttadvāro hoti,
evaṃ bhojane mattaññū hoti, evaṃ jāgariyaṃ anuyutto hoti, evaṃ sattahi saddhammehi samannāgato
hoti, evaṃ catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ ābhicetasikānaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī hoti
akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, ayaṃ vuccati, mahānāma, ariyasāvako sekho pāṭipado apuccaṇḍatāya
samāpanno, bhabbo abhinibbhidāya, bhabbo sambodhāya, bhabbo anuttarassa yogakkhemassa
adhigam āya. Seyyath āpi, mah ānāma, kukku ṭiy ā aṇḍā ni a ṭṭ ha v ā dasa v ā dv ādasa v ā tānāssu
kukkuṭiyā sammā adhisayitāni sammā pariseditāni sammā paribhāvitāni, kiñcāpi tassā kukkuṭiyā na
evaṃ icchā uppajjeyya – ‘aho vatime kukkuṭapotakā pādanakhasikhāya vā mukhatuṇḍakena vā
aṇḍakosaṃ padāletvā sotthinā abhinibbhijjeyyu’nti, atha kho bhabbāva te kukkuṭapotakā
pādanakhasikhāya vā mukhatuṇḍakena vā aṇḍakosaṃ padāletvā sotthinā abhinibbhijjituṃ. Evameva
kho, mahānāma, yato ariyasāvako evaṃ sīlasampanno hoti, evaṃ indriyesu guttadvāro hoti, evaṃ
bhojane mattaññū hoti, evaṃ jāgariyaṃ anuyutto hoti, evaṃ sattahi saddhammehi samannāgato hoti,
evaṃ catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ ābhicetasikānaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī hoti
akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, ayaṃ vuccati, mahānāma, ariyasāvako sekho pāṭipado apuccaṇḍatāya
samāpanno, bhabbo abhinibbhidāya, bhabbo sambodhāya, bhabbo anuttarassa yogakkhemassa
adhigamāya.
28 . ‘‘Sa kho so, mahānāma, ariyasāvako imaṃyeva anuttaraṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ āgamma
anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati, seyyathidaṃ – ekampi jātiṃ dvepi jātiyo…pe… iti sākāraṃ
sauddesaṃ anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati, ayamassa paṭhamābhinibbhidā hoti
kukkuṭacchāpakasseva aṇḍakosamhā.
‘‘Sa kho so, mahānāma, ariyasāvako imaṃye anuttaraṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ āgamma dibbena
cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe
dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate…pe… yathākammūpage satte pajānāti, ayamassa dutiyābhinibbhidā hoti
kukkuṭacchāpakasseva aṇḍakosamhā.
‘‘Sa kho so, mahānāma, ariyasāvako imaṃyeva anuttaraṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ āgamma
āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā
upasampajja viharati, ayamassa tatiyābhinibbhidā hoti kukkuṭacchāpakasseva aṇḍakosamhā.
29 . ‘‘Yampi
[yampi kho (ka.)] , mahānāma, ariyasāvako sīlasampanno hoti, idampissa hoti
caraṇasmiṃ; yampi, mahānāma, ariyasāvako indriyesu guttadvāro hoti, idampissa hoti caraṇasmiṃ;
yampi, mahānāma, ariyasāvako bhojane mattaññū hoti, idampissa hoti caraṇasmiṃ; yampi, mahānāma,
ariyasāvako jāgariyaṃ anuyutto hoti, idampissa hoti caraṇasmiṃ; yampi, mahānāma, ariyasāvako sattahi
saddhammehi samannāgato hoti, idampissa hoti caraṇasmiṃ; yampi, mahānāma, ariyasāvako catunnaṃ
jh ānānaṃ ābhicetasikānaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī,
idampissa hoti caraṇasmiṃ.
‘‘Yañca kho, mahānāma, ariyasāvako anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati, seyyathidaṃ –
ekampi jātiṃ dvepi jātiyo…pe… iti sākāraṃ sauddesaṃ anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati,
idampissa hoti vijjāya; yampi, mahānāma, ariyasāvako dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena
atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate
duggate…pe… yathākammūpage satte pajānāti, idampissa hoti vijjāya. Yampi, mahānāma, ariyasāvako
āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā
upasampajja viharati, idampissa hoti vijjāya.
‘‘Ayaṃ vuccati, mahānāma, ariyasāvako vijjāsampanno itipi caraṇasampanno itipi
vijjācaraṇasampanno itipi.
30 . ‘‘Brahmunāpesā, mahānāma, sanaṅkumārena gāthā bhāsitā –
‘Khattiyo seṭṭho janetasmiṃ, ye gottapaṭisārino;
Vijjācaraṇasampanno, so seṭṭho devamānuse’ti.
‘‘ Sā kho panes ā, mah ānāma, brahmun ā sana ṅkum ārena g āth ā sug ītā no dugg ītā, subh āsit ā no
dubbh āsit ā, atthasa ṃhit ā no anatthasa ṃhit ā, anumat ā bhagavat ā’’ ti.
Atha kho bhagavā uṭṭhahitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘sādhu sādhu, ānanda, sādhu kho
tvaṃ, ānanda, kāpilavatthavānaṃ sakyānaṃ sekhaṃ pāṭipadaṃ abhāsī’’ti.
Idamavocāyasmā ānando. Samanuñño satthā ahosi. Attamanā kāpilavatthavā sakyā āyasmato
ānandassa bhāsitaṃ abhinandunti.
Sekhasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ tatiyaṃ.
4. Potaliyasuttaṃ
31 . Evaṃ me sutaṃ –ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā aṅguttarāpesu viharati āpaṇaṃ nāma
aṅguttarāpānaṃ nigamo. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya āpaṇaṃ
piṇḍāya pāvisi. Āpaṇe piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yenaññataro vanasaṇḍo
tenupasaṅkami divāvihārāya. Taṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ ajjhogāhetvā [ajjhogahetvā (sī. syā. kaṃ.), ajjhogāhitvā
(pī. ka.)] aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle divāvihāraṃ nisīdi. Potaliyopi kho gahapati
sampannanivāsanapāvuraṇo [pāpuraṇo (sī. syā. kaṃ.)] chattupāhanāhi [chattupāhano (ka.)]
ja ṅghāvihāraṃ anucaṅkamamāno anuvicaramāno yena so vanasaṇḍo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā
taṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ ajjhogāhetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ
sammodi. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitaṃ kho
potaliyaṃ gahapatiṃ bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘saṃvijjanti kho, gahapati, āsanāni; sace ākaṅkhasi
nisīdā’’ti. Evaṃ vutte, potaliyo gahapati ‘‘gahapativādena maṃ samaṇo gotamo samudācaratī’’ti kupito
anattamano tuṇhī ahosi. Dutiyampi kho bhagavā…pe… tatiyampi kho bhagavā potaliyaṃ gahapatiṃ
etadavoca – ‘‘saṃvijjanti kho, gahapati, āsanāni; sace ākaṅkhasi nisīdā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ vutte, potaliyo
gahapati gahapativādena maṃ samaṇo gotamo samudācaratī’’ti kupito anattamano bhagavantaṃ
etadavoca – ‘‘tayidaṃ, bho gotama, nacchannaṃ, tayidaṃ nappatirūpaṃ, yaṃ maṃ tvaṃ
gahapativādena samudācarasī’’ti. ‘‘Te hi te, gahapati, ākārā, te liṅgā, te nimittā yathā taṃ
gahapatissā’’ti. ‘‘Tathā hi pana me, bho gotama, sabbe kammantā paṭikkhittā, sabbe vohārā
samucchinnā’’ti. ‘‘Yathā kathaṃ pana te, gahapati, sabbe kammantā paṭikkhittā, sabbe vohārā
samucchinnā’’ti? ‘‘Idha me, bho gotama, yaṃ ahosi dhanaṃ vā dhaññaṃ vā rajataṃ vā jātarūpaṃ vā
sabbaṃ taṃ puttānaṃ dāyajjaṃ niyyātaṃ, tatthāhaṃ anovādī anupavādī ghāsacchādanaparamo
viharāmi. Evaṃ kho me
[evañca me (syā.), evaṃ me (ka.)] , bho gotama, sabbe kammantā paṭikkhittā,
sabbe vohārā samucchinnā’’ti. ‘‘Aññathā kho tvaṃ, gahapati, vohārasamucchedaṃ vadasi, aññathā ca
pana ariyassa vinaye vohārasamucchedo hotī’’ti. ‘‘Yathā kathaṃ pana, bhante, ariyassa vinaye
vohārasamucchedo hoti? Sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā tathā dhammaṃ desetu yathā ariyassa vinaye
vohārasamucchedo hotī’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi, gahapati, suṇāhi, sādhukaṃ manasi karohi, bhāsissāmī’’ti.
‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho potaliyo gahapati bhagavato paccassosi.
32 . Bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘aṭṭha kho ime, gahapati, dhammā ariyassa vinaye vohārasamucchedāya
saṃvattanti. Katame aṭṭha? Apāṇātipātaṃ nissāya pāṇātipāto pahātabbo; dinnādānaṃ nissāya
adinnādānaṃ pahātabbaṃ; saccavācaṃ [saccaṃ vācaṃ (syā.)] nissāya musāvādo pahātabbo; apisuṇaṃ
vācaṃ nissāya pisuṇā vācā pahātabbā; agiddhilobhaṃ nissāya giddhilobho pahātabbo; anindārosaṃ
nissāya nindāroso pahātabbo; akkodhūpāyāsaṃ nissāya kodhūpāyāso pahātabbo; anatimānaṃ nissāya
atimāno pahātabbo. Ime kho, gahapati, aṭṭha dhammā saṃkhittena vuttā, vitthārena avibhattā, ariyassa
vinaye vohārasamucchedāya saṃvattantī’’ti. ‘‘Ye me [ye me pana (syā. ka.)] , bhante, bhagavatā aṭṭha
dhammā saṃkhittena vuttā, vitthārena avibhattā, ariyassa vinaye vohārasamucchedāya saṃvattanti,
sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā ime aṭṭha dhamme vitthārena [vitthāretvā (ka.)] vibhajatu anukampaṃ
upādāyā’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi, gahapati, suṇāhi, sādhukaṃ manasi karohi, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho
potaliyo gahapati bhagavato paccassosi. Bhagavā etadavoca –
33 . ‘‘‘ Ap āṇā tip āta ṃ niss āya p āṇā tip āto pah ātabbo ’ti iti kho paneta ṃ vutta ṃ kiñceta ṃ pa ṭicca
vuttaṃ? Idha, gahapati, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘yesaṃ kho ahaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ hetu
pāṇātipātī assaṃ, tesāhaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ pahānāya samucchedāya paṭipanno. Ahañceva [ahañce (?)]
kho pana pāṇātipātī assaṃ, attāpi maṃ upavadeyya pāṇātipātapaccayā, anuviccāpi maṃ viññū [anuvicca
viññū (sī. syā. pī.)] garaheyyuṃ pāṇātipātapaccayā, kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā duggati pāṭikaṅkhā
pāṇātipātapaccayā. Etadeva kho pana saṃyojanaṃ etaṃ nīvaraṇaṃ yadidaṃ pāṇātipāto. Ye ca
pāṇātipātapaccayā uppajjeyyuṃ āsavā vighātapariḷāhā, pāṇātipātā paṭiviratassa evaṃsa te āsavā
vighātapariḷāhā na honti’. ‘Apāṇātipātaṃ nissāya pāṇātipāto pahātabbo’ti –iti yantaṃ vuttaṃ idametaṃ
paṭicca vuttaṃ.
34 . ‘‘‘Dinnādānaṃ nissāya adinnādānaṃ pahātabba’nti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ, kiñcetaṃ paṭicca
vuttaṃ? Idha, gahapati, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘yesaṃ kho ahaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ hetu
adinnādāyī assaṃ, tesāhaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ pahānāya samucchedāya paṭipanno. Ahañceva kho pana
adinnādāyī assaṃ, attāpi maṃ upavadeyya adinnādānapaccayā, anuviccāpi maṃ viññū garaheyyuṃ
adinnādānapaccayā, kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā duggati pāṭikaṅkhā adinnādānapaccayā. Etadeva kho
pana saṃyojanaṃ etaṃ nīvaraṇaṃ yadidaṃ adinnādānaṃ. Ye ca adinnādānapaccayā uppajjeyyuṃ āsavā
vighātapariḷāhā adinnādānā paṭiviratassa evaṃsa te āsavā vighātapariḷāhā na honti’. ‘Dinnādānaṃ
nissāya adinnādānaṃ pahātabba’nti –iti yantaṃ vuttaṃ idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ.
35 . ‘‘‘Saccavācaṃ nissāya musāvādo pahātabbo’ti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ kiñcetaṃ paṭicca
vuttaṃ? Idha, gahapati, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘yesaṃ kho ahaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ hetu
musāvādī assaṃ, tesāhaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ pahānāya samucchedāya paṭipanno. Ahañceva kho pana
musāvādī assaṃ, attāpi maṃ upavadeyya musāvādapaccayā, anuviccāpi maṃ viññū garaheyyuṃ
musāvādapaccayā, kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā duggati pāṭikaṅkhā musāvādapaccayā. Etadeva kho
pana saṃyojanaṃ etaṃ nīvaraṇaṃ yadidaṃ musāvādo. Ye ca musāvādapaccayā uppajjeyyuṃ āsavā
vighātapariḷāhā, musāvādā paṭiviratassa evaṃsa te āsavā vighātapariḷāhā na honti’. ‘Saccavācaṃ nissāya
musāvādo pahātabbo’ti –iti yantaṃ vuttaṃ idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ.
36 . ‘‘‘Apisuṇaṃ vācaṃ nissāya pisuṇā vācā pahātabbā’ti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ kiñcetaṃ paṭicca
vuttaṃ? Idha, gahapati, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘yesaṃ kho ahaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ hetu
pisuṇavāco assaṃ, tesāhaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ pahānāya samucchedāya paṭipanno. Ahañceva kho pana
pisuṇavāco assaṃ, attāpi maṃ upavadeyya pisuṇavācāpaccayā, anuviccāpi maṃ viññū garaheyyuṃ
pisuṇavācāpaccayā, kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā duggati pāṭikaṅkhā pisuṇavācāpaccayā. Etadeva kho
pana saṃyojanaṃ etaṃ nīvaraṇaṃ yadidaṃ pisuṇā vācā. Ye ca pisuṇavācāpaccayā uppajjeyyuṃ āsavā
vighātapariḷāhā, pisuṇāya vācāya paṭiviratassa evaṃsa te āsavā vighātapariḷāhā na honti’. ‘Apisuṇaṃ
vācaṃ nissāya pisuṇā vācā pahātabbā’ti –iti yantaṃ vuttaṃ idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ.
37 . ‘‘‘Agiddhilobhaṃ nissāya giddhilobho pahātabbo’ti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ, kiñcetaṃ paṭicca
vuttaṃ? Idha, gahapati, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘yesaṃ kho ahaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ hetu
giddhilobhī assaṃ, tesāhaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ pahānāya samucchedāya paṭipanno. Ahañceva kho pana
giddhilobhī assaṃ, attāpi maṃ upavadeyya giddhilobhapaccayā, anuviccāpi maṃ viññū garaheyyuṃ
giddhilobhapaccayā, kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā duggati pāṭikaṅkhā giddhilobhapaccayā. Etadeva kho
pana saṃyojanaṃ etaṃ nīvaraṇaṃ yadidaṃ giddhilobho. Ye ca giddhilobhapaccayā uppajjeyyuṃ āsavā
vighātapariḷāhā, giddhilobhā paṭiviratassa evaṃsa te āsavā vighātapariḷāhā na honti’. ‘Agiddhilobhaṃ
nissāya giddhilobho pahātabbo’ti –iti yantaṃ vuttaṃ idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ.
38 . ‘‘‘Anindārosaṃ nissāya nindāroso pahātabbo’ti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ, kiñcetaṃ paṭicca
vuttaṃ? Idha, gahapati, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘yesaṃ kho ahaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ hetu
nindārosī assaṃ, tesāhaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ pahānāya samucchedāya paṭipanno. Ahañceva kho pana
nindārosī assaṃ, attāpi maṃ upavadeyya nindārosapaccayā, anuviccāpi maṃ viññū garaheyyuṃ
nind ārosapaccay ā, kāyassa bhed ā para ṃ mara ṇā duggati p āṭ ika ṅkh ā nind ārosapaccay ā. Etadeva kho
pana sa ṃyojana ṃ eta ṃ nīvara ṇaṃ yadida ṃ nind āroso. Ye ca nind ārosapaccay ā uppajjeyyu ṃ ā sav ā
vighātapariḷāhā, anindārosissa evaṃsa te āsavā vighātapariḷāhā na honti’. ‘Anindārosaṃ nissāya
nindāroso pahātabbo’ti –iti yantaṃ vuttaṃ idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ.
39 . ‘‘‘Akkodhūpāyāsaṃ nissāya kodhūpāyāso pahātabbo’ti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ, kiñcetaṃ
paṭicca vuttaṃ? Idha, gahapati, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘yesaṃ kho ahaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ hetu
kodhūpāyāsī assaṃ, tesāhaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ pahānāya samucchedāya paṭipanno. Ahañceva kho pana
kodhūpāyāsī assaṃ, attāpi maṃ upavadeyya kodhūpāyāsapaccayā, anuviccāpi maṃ viññū garaheyyuṃ
kodhūpāyāsapaccayā, kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā duggati pāṭikaṅkhā kodhūpāyāsapaccayā. Etadeva
kho pana saṃyojanaṃ etaṃ nīvaraṇaṃ yadidaṃ kodhūpāyāso. Ye ca kodhūpāyāsapaccayā uppajjeyyuṃ
āsavā vighātapariḷāhā, akkodhūpāyāsissa evaṃsa te āsavā vighātapariḷāhā na honti’. ‘Akkodhūpāyāsaṃ
nissāya kodhūpāyāso pahātabbo’ti –iti yantaṃ vuttaṃ idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ.
40 . ‘‘‘Anatimānaṃ nissāya atimāno pahātabbo’ti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ, kiñcetaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ?
Idha, gahapati, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘yesaṃ kho ahaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ hetu atimānī assaṃ,
tesāhaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ pahānāya samucchedāya paṭipanno. Ahañceva kho pana atimānī assaṃ, attāpi
maṃ upavadeyya atimānapaccayā, anuviccāpi maṃ viññū garaheyyuṃ atimānapaccayā, kāyassa bhedā
paraṃ maraṇā duggati pāṭikaṅkhā atimānapaccayā. Etadeva kho pana saṃyojanaṃ etaṃ nīvaraṇaṃ
yadidaṃ atimāno. Ye ca atimānapaccayā uppajjeyyuṃ āsavā vighātapariḷāhā, anatimānissa evaṃsa te
āsavā vighātapariḷāhā na honti’. ‘Anatimānaṃ nissāya atimāno pahātabbo’ti –iti yantaṃ vuttaṃ
idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ.
41 . ‘‘Ime kho, gahapati, aṭṭha dhammā saṃkhittena vuttā, vitthārena vibhattā [avibhattā (syā. ka.)] ,
ye ariyassa vinaye vohārasamucchedāya saṃvattanti; na tveva tāva ariyassa vinaye sabbena sabbaṃ
sabbathā sabbaṃ vohārasamucchedo hotī’’ti.
‘‘Yathā kathaṃ pana, bhante, ariyassa vinaye sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ vohārasamucchedo
hoti? Sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā tathā dhammaṃ desetu yathā ariyassa vinaye sabbena sabbaṃ
sabbathā sabbaṃ vohārasamucchedo hotī’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi, gahapati, suṇāhi, sādhukaṃ manasi karohi,
bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho potaliyo gahapati bhagavato paccassosi. Bhagavā etadavoca –
Kāmādīnavakathā
42 . ‘‘Seyyathāpi, gahapati, kukkuro jighacchādubbalyapareto goghātakasūnaṃ paccupaṭṭhito assa.
Tamenaṃ dakkho goghātako vā goghātakantevāsī vā aṭṭhikaṅkalaṃ sunikkantaṃ nikkantaṃ
nimmaṃsaṃ lohitamakkhitaṃ upasumbheyya
[upacchubheyya (sī. pī.), upacchūbheyya (syā. kaṃ.),
upaccumbheyya (ka.)] . Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, gahapati, api nu kho so kukkuro amuṃ aṭṭhikaṅkalaṃ
sunikkantaṃ nikkantaṃ nimmaṃsaṃ lohitamakkhitaṃ palehanto jighacchādubbalyaṃ paṭivineyyā’’ti?
‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’.
‘‘Taṃ kissa hetu’’?
‘‘Aduñhi, bhante, aṭṭhikaṅkalaṃ sunikkantaṃ nikkantaṃ nimmaṃsaṃ lohitamakkhitaṃ. Yāvadeva
pana so kukkuro kilamathassa vighātassa bhāgī assāti. Evameva kho, gahapati, ariyasāvako iti
paṭisañcikkhati – ‘aṭṭhikaṅkalūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā
[bahūpāyāsā (sī.
syā. kaṃ. pī.)] , ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo’ti. Evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā yāyaṃ upekkhā
nānattā nānattasitā taṃ abhinivajjetvā, yāyaṃ upekkhā ekattā ekattasitā yattha sabbaso lokāmisūpādānā
aparisesā nirujjhanti tamevūpekkhaṃ bhāveti.
43 . ‘‘ Seyyath āpi, gahapati, gijjho v ā ka ṅko v ā kulalo v ā ma ṃsapesi ṃ ādāya u ḍḍī yeyya [u ḍḍ ayeyya
(sy ā. pī.)] . Tamena ṃ gijjh āpi ka ṅkāpi kulal āpi anupatitv ā anupatitv ā vitaccheyyu ṃ vissajjeyyu ṃ
[virājeyyuṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] . Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, gahapati, sace so gijjho vā kaṅko vā kulalo vā taṃ
maṃsapesiṃ na khippameva paṭinissajjeyya, so tatonidānaṃ maraṇaṃ vā nigaccheyya maraṇamattaṃ
vā dukkha’’nti?
‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’.
‘‘Evameva kho, gahapati, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘maṃsapesūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā
bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo’ti. Evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā yāyaṃ
upekkhā nānattā nānattasitā taṃ abhinivajjetvā yāyaṃ upekkhā ekattā ekattasitā yattha sabbaso
lokāmisūpādānā aparisesā nirujjhanti tamevūpekkhaṃ bhāveti.
44 . ‘‘Seyyathāpi, gahapati, puriso ādittaṃ tiṇukkaṃ ādāya paṭivātaṃ gaccheyya. Taṃ kiṃ maññasi,
gahapati, sace so puriso taṃ ādittaṃ tiṇukkaṃ na khippameva paṭinissajjeyya tassa sā ādittā tiṇukkā
hatthaṃ vā daheyya bāhuṃ vā daheyya aññataraṃ vā aññataraṃ vā aṅgapaccaṅgaṃ
[daheyya.
aññataraṃ vā aṅgapaccaṅga (sī. pī.)] daheyya, so tatonidānaṃ maraṇaṃ vā nigaccheyya maraṇamattaṃ
vā dukkha’’nti?
‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’.
‘‘Evameva kho, gahapati, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘tiṇukkūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā
bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo’ti. Evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā…pe…
tamevūpekkhaṃ bhāveti.
45 . ‘‘Seyyathāpi, gahapati, aṅgārakāsu sādhikaporisā, pūrā aṅgārānaṃ vītaccikānaṃ
vītadhūmānaṃ. Atha puriso āgaccheyya jīvitukāmo amaritukāmo sukhakāmo dukkhappaṭikkūlo.
Tamenaṃ dve balavanto purisā nānābāhāsu gahetvā aṅgārakāsuṃ upakaḍḍheyyuṃ. Taṃ kiṃ maññasi,
gahapati, api nu so puriso iticiticeva kāyaṃ sannāmeyyā’’ti?
‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’.
‘‘Taṃ kissa hetu’’?
‘‘Viditañhi, bhante, tassa purisassa imañcāhaṃ aṅgārakāsuṃ papatissāmi, tatonidānaṃ maraṇaṃ vā
nigacchissāmi maraṇamattaṃ vā dukkha’’nti. ‘‘Evameva kho, gahapati, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati –
‘aṅgārakāsūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo’ti. Evametaṃ
yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā…pe… tamevūpekkhaṃ bhāveti.
46 . ‘‘Seyyathāpi, gahapati, puriso supinakaṃ passeyya ārāmarāmaṇeyyakaṃ vanarāmaṇeyyakaṃ
bhūmirāmaṇeyyakaṃ pokkharaṇirāmaṇeyyakaṃ. So paṭibuddho na kiñci paṭipasseyya
[passeyya (sī.
syā. kaṃ. pī.)] . Evameva kho, gahapati, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘supinakūpamā kāmā vuttā
bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo’ti…pe… tamevūpekkhaṃ bhāveti.
47 . ‘‘Seyyathāpi, gahapati, puriso yācitakaṃ bhogaṃ yācitvā yānaṃ vā [yānaṃ (syā. kaṃ. pī.)]
poriseyyaṃ [poroseyyaṃ (sī. pī. ka.), oropeyya (syā. kaṃ.)] pavaramaṇikuṇḍalaṃ. So tehi yācitakehi
bhogehi purakkhato parivuto antarāpaṇaṃ paṭipajjeyya. Tamenaṃ jano disvā evaṃ vadeyya –‘bhogī
vata, bho, puriso, evaṃ kira bhogino bhogāni bhuñjantī’ti. Tamenaṃ sāmikā yattha yattheva passeyyuṃ
tattha tattheva sāni hareyyuṃ. Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, gahapati, alaṃ nu kho tassa purisassa aññathattāyā’’ti?
‘‘ Eva ṃ, bhante ’’ .
‘‘ Ta ṃ kissa hetu ’’ ?
‘‘Sāmino hi, bhante, sāni harantī’’ti. ‘‘Evameva kho, gahapati, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati –
‘yācitakūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo’ti…pe…
tamevūpekkhaṃ bhāveti.
48 . ‘‘Seyyathāpi, gahapati, gāmassa vā nigamassa vā avidūre tibbo vanasaṇḍo. Tatrassa rukkho
sampannaphalo ca upapannaphalo
[uppannaphalo (syā.)] ca, na cassu kānici phalāni bhūmiyaṃ patitāni.
Atha puriso āgaccheyya phalatthiko phalagavesī phalapariyesanaṃ caramāno. So taṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ
ajjhogāhetvā taṃ rukkhaṃ passeyya sampannaphalañca upapannaphalañca. Tassa evamassa – ‘ayaṃ
kho rukkho sampannaphalo ca upapannaphalo ca, natthi ca kānici phalāni bhūmiyaṃ patitāni. Jānāmi
kho panāhaṃ rukkhaṃ ārohituṃ
[āruhituṃ (sī.)] . Yaṃnūnāhaṃ imaṃ rukkhaṃ ārohitvā yāvadatthañca
khādeyyaṃ ucchaṅgañca pūreyya’nti. So taṃ rukkhaṃ ārohitvā yāvadatthañca khādeyya ucchaṅgañca
pūreyya. Atha dutiyo puriso āgaccheyya phalatthiko phalagavesī phalapariyesanaṃ caramāno tiṇhaṃ
kuṭhāriṃ [kudhāriṃ (syā. kaṃ. ka.)] ādāya. So taṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ ajjhogāhetvā taṃ rukkhaṃ passeyya
sampannaphalañca upapannaphalañca. Tassa evamassa – ‘ayaṃ kho rukkho sampannaphalo ca
upapannaphalo ca, natthi ca kānici phalāni bhūmiyaṃ patitāni. Na kho panāhaṃ jānāmi rukkhaṃ
ārohituṃ. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ imaṃ rukkhaṃ mūlato chetvā yāvadatthañca khādeyyaṃ ucchaṅgañca
pūreyya’nti. So taṃ rukkhaṃ mūlatova chindeyya. Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, gahapati, amuko
[asu (sī. pī.)] yo
so puriso paṭhamaṃ rukkhaṃ ārūḷho sace so na khippameva oroheyya tassa so rukkho papatanto
hatthaṃ vā bhañjeyya pādaṃ vā bhañjeyya aññataraṃ vā aññataraṃ vā aṅgapaccaṅgaṃ bhañjeyya, so
tatonidānaṃ maraṇaṃ vā nigaccheyya maraṇamattaṃ vā dukkha’’nti?
‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’.
‘‘Evameva kho, gahapati, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘rukkhaphalūpamā kāmā vuttā
bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo’ti. Evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya
disvā yāyaṃ upekkhā nānattā nānattasitā taṃ abhinivajjetvā yāyaṃ upekkhā ekattā ekattasitā yattha
sabbaso lokāmisūpādānā aparisesā nirujjhanti tamevūpekkhaṃ bhāveti.
49 . ‘‘Sa kho so, gahapati, ariyasāvako imaṃyeva anuttaraṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ āgamma
anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati, seyyathidaṃ –ekampi jātiṃ dvepi jātiyo…pe… iti sākāraṃ
sauddesaṃ anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati.
‘‘Sa kho so, gahapati, ariyasāvako imaṃyeva anuttaraṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ āgamma dibbena
cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe
dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate…pe… yathākammūpage satte pajānāti.
‘‘Sa kho so, gahapati, ariyasāvako imaṃyeva anuttaraṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ āgamma
āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā
upasampajja viharati. Ettāvatā kho, gahapati, ariyassa vinaye sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ
vohārasamucchedo hoti.
50 . ‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, gahapati, yathā ariyassa vinaye sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ
vohārasamucchedo hoti, api nu tvaṃ evarūpaṃ vohārasamucchedaṃ attani samanupassasī’’ti? ‘‘Ko
cāhaṃ, bhante, ko ca ariyassa vinaye sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ vohārasamucchedo! Ārakā
ahaṃ, bhante, ariyassa vinaye sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ vohārasamucchedā. Mayañhi, bhante,
pubbe aññatitthiye paribbājake anājānīyeva samāne ājānīyāti amaññimha, anājānīyeva samāne
ājānīyabhojanaṃ bhojimha, anājānīyeva samāne ājānīyaṭhāne ṭhapimha; bhikkhū pana mayaṃ, bhante,
ājānīyeva samāne anājānīyāti amaññimha, ājānīyeva samāne anājānīyabhojanaṃ bhojimha, ājānīyeva
samāne anājānīyaṭhāne ṭhapimha; idāni pana mayaṃ, bhante, aññatitthiye paribbājake anājānīyeva
sam āne an ājānīyāti j āniss āma, an ājānīyeva sam āne an ājānīyabhojana ṃ bhojess āma, an ājānīyeva
samāne anājānīyaṭhāne ṭhapessāma. Bhikkhū pana mayaṃ, bhante, ājānīyeva samāne ājānīyāti
jānissāma ājānīyeva samāne ājānīyabhojanaṃ bhojessāma, ājānīyeva samāne ājānīyaṭhāne ṭhapessāma.
Ajanesi vata me, bhante, bhagavā samaṇesu samaṇappemaṃ, samaṇesu samaṇappasādaṃ, samaṇesu
samaṇagāravaṃ. Abhikkantaṃ, bhante, abhikkantaṃ, bhante! Seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṃ vā
ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ
dhāreyya, cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantīti; evamevaṃ kho, bhante, bhagavatā anekapariyāyena
dhammo pakāsito. Esāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca.
Upāsakaṃ maṃ bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gata’’nti.
Potaliyasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ catutthaṃ.
5. Jīvakasuttaṃ
51 . Evaṃ me sutaṃ –ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharati jīvakassa komārabhaccassa
ambavane. Atha kho jīvako komārabhacco yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ
abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho jīvako komārabhacco bhagavantaṃ etadavoca –
‘‘sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante – ‘samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ uddissa pāṇaṃ ārabhanti
[ārambhanti (ka.)] , taṃ samaṇo
gotamo jānaṃ uddissakataṃ [uddissakaṭaṃ (sī. pī.)] maṃsaṃ paribhuñjati paṭiccakamma’nti. Ye te,
bhante, evamāhaṃsu – ‘samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ uddissa pāṇaṃ ārabhanti, taṃ samaṇo gotamo jānaṃ
uddissakataṃ maṃsaṃ paribhuñjati paṭiccakamma’nti, kacci te, bhante, bhagavato vuttavādino, na ca
bhagavantaṃ abhūtena abbhācikkhanti, dhammassa cānudhammaṃ byākaronti, na ca koci
sahadhammiko vādānuvādo gārayhaṃ ṭhānaṃ āgacchatī’’ti?
52 . ‘‘Ye te, jīvaka, evamāhaṃsu – ‘samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ uddissa pāṇaṃ ārabhanti, taṃ samaṇo
gotamo jānaṃ uddissakataṃ maṃsaṃ paribhuñjati paṭiccakamma’nti na me te vuttavādino,
abbhācikkhanti ca maṃ te asatā abhūtena. Tīhi kho ahaṃ, jīvaka, ṭhānehi maṃsaṃ aparibhoganti
vadāmi. Diṭṭhaṃ, sutaṃ, parisaṅkitaṃ –imehi kho ahaṃ, jīvaka, tīhi ṭhānehi maṃsaṃ aparibhoganti
vadāmi. Tīhi kho ahaṃ, jīvaka, ṭhānehi maṃsaṃ paribhoganti vadāmi. Adiṭṭhaṃ, asutaṃ, aparisaṅkitaṃ
–imehi kho ahaṃ, jīvaka, tīhi ṭhānehi maṃsaṃ paribhoganti vadāmi.
53 . ‘‘Idha, jīvaka, bhikkhu aññataraṃ gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā upanissāya viharati. So
mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṃ, tathā tatiyaṃ, tathā catutthaṃ. Iti
uddhamadho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena
mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā viharati. Tamenaṃ gahapati vā gahapatiputto
vā upasaṅkamitvā svātanāya bhattena nimanteti. Ākaṅkhamānova [ākaṅkhamāno (syā. kaṃ.)] , jīvaka,
bhikkhu adhivāseti. So tassā rattiyā accayena pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena
tassa gahapatissa vā gahapatiputtassa vā nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkamati; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane
nisīdati. Tamenaṃ so gahapati vā gahapatiputto vā paṇītena piṇḍapātena parivisati. Tassa na evaṃ hoti –
‘sādhu vata māyaṃ [maṃ + ayaṃ = māyaṃ]gahapati vā gahapatiputto vā paṇītena piṇḍapātena
pariviseyyāti! Aho vata māyaṃ gahapati vā gahapatiputto vā āyatimpi evarūpena paṇītena piṇḍapātena
pariviseyyā’ti –evampissa na hoti. So taṃ piṇḍapātaṃ agathito [agadhito (syā. kaṃ. ka.)] amucchito
anajjhopanno [anajjhāpanno (syā. kaṃ. ka.)] ādīnavadassāvī nissaraṇapañño paribhuñjati. Taṃ kiṃ
maññasi, jīvaka, api nu so bhikkhu tasmiṃ samaye attabyābādhāya vā ceteti, parabyābādhāya vā ceteti,
ubhayabyābādhāya vā cetetī’’ti?
‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’.
‘‘Nanu so, jīvaka, bhikkhu tasmiṃ samaye anavajjaṃyeva āhāraṃ āhāretī’’ti?
‘‘ Eva ṃ, bhante. Suta ṃ meta ṃ, bhante – ‘ brahm ā mett āvih ārī’ti. Ta ṃ me ida ṃ, bhante, bhagav ā
sakkhidi ṭṭ ho; bhagav ā hi, bhante, mett āvih ārī’’ ti. ‘‘ Yena kho, j īvaka, r āgena yena dosena yena
mohena byāpādavā assa so rāgo so doso so moho tathāgatassa pahīno ucchinnamūlo tālāvatthukato
anabhāvaṃkato
[anabhāvakato (sī. pī.), anabhāvaṃgato (syā. kaṃ.)] āyatiṃ anuppādadhammo. Sace kho
te, jīvaka, idaṃ sandhāya bhāsitaṃ anujānāmi te eta’’nti. ‘‘Etadeva kho pana me, bhante, sandhāya
bhāsitaṃ’’ [bhāsitanti (syā.)] .
54 . ‘‘Idha, jīvaka, bhikkhu aññataraṃ gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā upanissāya viharati. So
karuṇāsahagatena cetasā…pe… muditāsahagatena cetasā…pe… upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ
pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṃ, tathā tatiyaṃ, tathā catutthaṃ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi
sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena
abyābajjhena pharitvā viharati. Tamenaṃ gahapati vā gahapatiputto vā upasaṅkamitvā svātanāya
bhattena nimanteti. Ākaṅkhamānova, jīvaka, bhikkhu adhivāseti. So tassā rattiyā accayena
pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena gahapatissa vā gahapatiputtassa vā nivesanaṃ
tenupasaṅkamati; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdati. Tamenaṃ so gahapati vā gahapatiputto vā
paṇītena piṇḍapātena parivisati. Tassa na evaṃ hoti – ‘sādhu vata māyaṃ gahapati vā gahapatiputto vā
paṇītena piṇḍapātena pariviseyyāti! Aho vata māyaṃ gahapati vā gahapatiputto vā āyatimpi evarūpena
paṇītena piṇḍapātena pariviseyyā’ti –evampissa na hoti. So taṃ piṇḍapātaṃ agathito amucchito
anajjhopanno ādīnavadassāvī nissaraṇapañño paribhuñjati. Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, jīvaka, api nu so bhikkhu
tasmiṃ samaye attabyābādhāya vā ceteti, parabyābādhāya vā ceteti, ubhayabyābādhāya vā cetetī’’ti?
‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’.
‘‘Nanu so, jīvaka, bhikkhu tasmiṃ samaye anavajjaṃyeva āhāraṃ āhāretī’’ti?
‘‘Evaṃ, bhante. Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante – ‘brahmā upekkhāvihārī’ti. Taṃ me idaṃ, bhante, bhagavā
sakkhidiṭṭho; bhagavā hi, bhante, upekkhāvihārī’’ti. ‘‘Yena kho, jīvaka, rāgena yena dosena yena
mohena vihesavā assa arativā assa paṭighavā assa so rāgo so doso so moho tathāgatassa pahīno
ucchinnamūlo tālāvatthukato anabhāvaṃkato āyatiṃ anuppādadhammo. Sace kho te, jīvaka, idaṃ
sandhāya bhāsitaṃ, anujānāmi te eta’’nti. ‘‘Etadeva kho pana me, bhante, sandhāya bhāsitaṃ’’.
55 . ‘‘Yo kho, jīvaka, tathāgataṃ vā tathāgatasāvakaṃ vā uddissa pāṇaṃ ārabhati so pañcahi
ṭhānehi bahuṃ apuññaṃ pasavati. Yampi so, gahapati, evamāha – ‘gacchatha, amukaṃ nāma pāṇaṃ
ānethā’ti, iminā paṭhamena ṭhānena bahuṃ apuññaṃ pasavati. Yampi so pāṇo galappaveṭhakena
[galappavedhakena (bahūsu)] ānīyamāno dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti, iminā dutiyena ṭhānena
bahuṃ apuññaṃ pasavati. Yampi so evamāha – ‘gacchatha imaṃ pāṇaṃ ārabhathā’ti, iminā tatiyena
ṭhānena bahuṃ apuññaṃ pasavati. Yampi so pāṇo ārabhiyamāno dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti,
iminā catutthena ṭhānena bahuṃ apuññaṃ pasavati. Yampi so tathāgataṃ vā tathāgatasāvakaṃ vā
akappiyena āsādeti, iminā pañcamena ṭhānena bahuṃ apuññaṃ pasavati. Yo kho, jīvaka, tathāgataṃ vā
tathāgatasāvakaṃ vā uddissa pāṇaṃ ārabhati so imehi pañcahi ṭhānehi bahuṃ apuññaṃ pasavatī’’ti.
Evaṃ vutte, jīvako komārabhacco bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ,
bhante! Kappiyaṃ vata, bhante, bhikkhū āhāraṃ āhārenti; anavajjaṃ vata, bhante, bhikkhū āhāraṃ
āhārenti. Abhikkantaṃ, bhante, abhikkantaṃ, bhante…pe… upāsakaṃ maṃ bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge
pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gata’’nti.
Jīvakasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ pañcamaṃ.
6. Upālisuttaṃ
56 . Evaṃ me sutaṃ –ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā nāḷandāyaṃ viharati pāvārikambavane. Tena kho
pana samayena nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto
[nāthaputto (sī.), nātaputto (pī.)] nāḷandāyaṃ paṭivasati mahatiyā
niga ṇṭ haparis āya saddhi ṃ. Atha kho d īghatapass ī niga ṇṭ ho n āḷ and āya ṃ pi ṇḍā ya caritv ā
pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yena pāvārikambavanaṃ yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami;
upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ
aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitaṃ kho dīghatapassiṃ nigaṇṭhaṃ bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘saṃvijjanti kho, tapassi
[dīghatapassi (syā. kaṃ. ka.)] , āsanāni; sace ākaṅkhasi nisīdā’’ti. Evaṃ vutte, dīghatapassī nigaṇṭho
aññataraṃ nīcaṃ āsanaṃ gahetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho dīghatapassiṃ
nigaṇṭhaṃ bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘kati pana, tapassi, nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto kammāni paññapeti pāpassa
kammassa kiriyāya pāpassa kammassa pavattiyā’’ti?
‘‘Na kho, āvuso gotama, āciṇṇaṃ nigaṇṭhassa nāṭaputtassa ‘kammaṃ, kamma’nti paññapetuṃ;
‘daṇḍaṃ, daṇḍa’nti kho, āvuso gotama, āciṇṇaṃ nigaṇṭhassa nāṭaputtassa paññapetu’’nti.
‘‘Kati pana, tapassi, nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto daṇḍāni paññapeti pāpassa kammassa kiriyāya pāpassa
kammassa pavattiyā’’ti?
‘‘Tīṇi kho, āvuso gotama, nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto daṇḍāni paññapeti pāpassa kammassa kiriyāya
pāpassa kammassa pavattiyāti, seyyathidaṃ –kāyadaṇḍaṃ, vacīdaṇḍaṃ, manodaṇḍa’’nti.
‘‘Kiṃ pana, tapassi, aññadeva kāyadaṇḍaṃ, aññaṃ vacīdaṇḍaṃ, aññaṃ manodaṇḍa’’nti?
‘‘Aññadeva, āvuso gotama, kāyadaṇḍaṃ, aññaṃ vacīdaṇḍaṃ, aññaṃ manodaṇḍa’’nti.
‘‘Imesaṃ pana, tapassi, tiṇṇaṃ daṇḍānaṃ evaṃ paṭivibhattānaṃ evaṃ paṭivisiṭṭhānaṃ katamaṃ
daṇḍaṃ nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto mahāsāvajjataraṃ paññapeti pāpassa kammassa kiriyāya pāpassa kammassa
pavattiyā, yadi vā kāyadaṇḍaṃ, yadi vā vacīdaṇḍaṃ, yadi vā manodaṇḍa’’nti?
‘‘Imesaṃ kho, āvuso gotama, tiṇṇaṃ daṇḍānaṃ evaṃ paṭivibhattānaṃ evaṃ paṭivisiṭṭhānaṃ
kāyadaṇḍaṃ nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto mahāsāvajjataraṃ paññapeti pāpassa kammassa kiriyāya pāpassa
kammassa pavattiyā, no tathā vacīdaṇḍaṃ, no tathā manodaṇḍa’’nti.
‘‘Kāyadaṇḍanti, tapassi, vadesi’’?
‘‘Kāyadaṇḍanti, āvuso gotama, vadāmi’’.
‘‘Kāyadaṇḍanti, tapassi, vadesi’’?
‘‘Kāyadaṇḍanti, āvuso gotama, vadāmi’’.
‘‘Kāyadaṇḍanti, tapassi, vadesi’’?
‘‘Kāyadaṇḍanti, āvuso gotama, vadāmī’’ti.
Itiha bhagavā dīghatapassiṃ nigaṇṭhaṃ imasmiṃ kathāvatthusmiṃ yāvatatiyakaṃ patiṭṭhāpesi.
57 . Evaṃ vutte, dīghatapassī nigaṇṭho bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘tvaṃ panāvuso gotama, kati
daṇḍāni paññapesi pāpassa kammassa kiriyāya pāpassa kammassa pavattiyā’’ti?
‘‘Na kho, tapassi, āciṇṇaṃ tathāgatassa ‘daṇḍaṃ, daṇḍa’nti paññapetuṃ; ‘kammaṃ, kamma’nti
kho, tapassi, āciṇṇaṃ tathāgatassa paññapetu’’nti?
‘‘ Tva ṃ pan āvuso gotama, kati kamm āni paññapesi p āpassa kammassa kiriy āya p āpassa kammassa
pavattiyā’’ti?
‘‘Tīṇi kho ahaṃ, tapassi, kammāni paññapemi pāpassa kammassa kiriyāya pāpassa kammassa
pavattiyā, seyyathidaṃ –kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, manokamma’’nti.
‘‘Kiṃ panāvuso gotama, aññadeva kāyakammaṃ, aññaṃ vacīkammaṃ, aññaṃ manokamma’’nti?
‘‘Aññadeva, tapassi, kāyakammaṃ, aññaṃ vacīkammaṃ, aññaṃ manokamma’’nti.
‘‘Imesaṃ panāvuso gotama, tiṇṇaṃ kammānaṃ evaṃ paṭivibhattānaṃ evaṃ paṭivisiṭṭhānaṃ
katamaṃ kammaṃ mahāsāvajjataraṃ paññapesi pāpassa kammassa kiriyāya pāpassa kammassa
pavattiyā, yadi vā kāyakammaṃ, yadi vā vacīkammaṃ, yadi vā manokamma’’nti?
‘‘Imesaṃ kho ahaṃ, tapassi, tiṇṇaṃ kammānaṃ evaṃ paṭivibhattānaṃ evaṃ paṭivisiṭṭhānaṃ
manokammaṃ mahāsāvajjataraṃ paññapemi pāpassa kammassa kiriyāya pāpassa kammassa pavattiyā,
no tathā kāyakammaṃ, no tathā vacīkamma’’nti.
‘‘Manokammanti, āvuso gotama, vadesi’’?
‘‘Manokammanti, tapassi, vadāmi’’.
‘‘Manokammanti, āvuso gotama, vadesi’’?
‘‘Manokammanti, tapassi, vadāmi’’.
‘‘Manokammanti, āvuso gotama, vadesi’’?
‘‘Manokammanti, tapassi, vadāmī’’ti.
Itiha dīghatapassī nigaṇṭho bhagavantaṃ imasmiṃ kathāvatthusmiṃ yāvatatiyakaṃ patiṭṭhāpetvā
uṭṭhāyāsanā yena nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto tenupasaṅkami.
58 . Tena kho pana samayena nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto mahatiyā gihiparisāya saddhiṃ nisinno hoti
bālakiniyā parisāya upālipamukhāya. Addasā kho nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto dīghatapassiṃ nigaṇṭhaṃ dūratova
āgacchantaṃ; disvāna dīghatapassiṃ nigaṇṭhaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘handa, kuto nu tvaṃ, tapassi, āgacchasi
divā divassā’’ti? ‘‘Ito hi kho ahaṃ, bhante, āgacchāmi samaṇassa gotamassa santikā’’ti. ‘‘Ahu pana te,
tapassi, samaṇena gotamena saddhiṃ kocideva kathāsallāpo’’ti? ‘‘Ahu kho me, bhante, samaṇena
gotamena saddhiṃ kocideva kathāsallāpo’’ti. ‘‘Yathā kathaṃ pana te, tapassi, ahu samaṇena gotamena
saddhiṃ kocideva kathāsallāpo’’ti? Atha kho dīghatapassī nigaṇṭho yāvatako ahosi bhagavatā saddhiṃ
kathāsallāpo taṃ sabbaṃ nigaṇṭhassa nāṭaputtassa ārocesi. Evaṃ vutte, nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto
dīghatapassiṃ nigaṇṭhaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sādhu sādhu, tapassi! Yathā taṃ sutavatā sāvakena sammadeva
satthusāsanaṃ ājānantena evameva dīghatapassinā nigaṇṭhena samaṇassa gotamassa byākataṃ. Kiñhi
sobhati chavo manodaṇḍo imassa evaṃ oḷārikassa kāyadaṇḍassa upanidhāya! Atha kho kāyadaṇḍova
mahāsāvajjataro pāpassa kammassa kiriyāya pāpassa kammassa pavattiyā, no tathā vacīdaṇḍo, no tathā
manodaṇḍo’’ti.
59 . Evaṃ vutte, upāli gahapati nigaṇṭhaṃ nāṭaputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sādhu sādhu, bhante
dīghatapassī
[tapassī (sī. pī.)] ! Yathā taṃ sutavatā sāvakena sammadeva satthusāsanaṃ ājānantena
evamevaṃ bhadantena tapassinā samaṇassa gotamassa byākataṃ. Kiñhi sobhati chavo manodaṇḍo
imassa eva ṃ oḷā rikassa k āyada ṇḍ assa upanidh āya! Atha kho k āyada ṇḍ ova mah āsāvajjataro p āpassa
kammassa kiriyāya pāpassa kammassa pavattiyā, no tathā vacīdaṇḍo, no tathā manodaṇḍo. Handa
cāhaṃ, bhante, gacchāmi samaṇassa gotamassa imasmiṃ kathāvatthusmiṃ vādaṃ āropessāmi. Sace me
samaṇo gotamo tathā patiṭṭhahissati yathā bhadantena tapassinā patiṭṭhāpitaṃ; seyyathāpi nāma balavā
puriso dīghalomikaṃ eḷakaṃ lomesu gahetvā ākaḍḍheyya parikaḍḍheyya samparikaḍḍheyya,
evamevāhaṃ samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ vādena vādaṃ ākaḍḍhissāmi parikaḍḍhissāmi samparikaḍḍhissāmi.
Seyyathāpi nāma balavā soṇḍikākammakāro mahantaṃ soṇḍikākilañjaṃ gambhīre udakarahade
pakkhipitvā kaṇṇe gahetvā ākaḍḍheyya parikaḍḍheyya samparikaḍḍheyya, evamevāhaṃ samaṇaṃ
gotamaṃ vādena vādaṃ ākaḍḍhissāmi parikaḍḍhissāmi samparikaḍḍhissāmi. Seyyathāpi nāma balavā
soṇḍikādhutto vālaṃ [thālaṃ (ka.)] kaṇṇe gahetvā odhuneyya niddhuneyya nipphoṭeyya [nicchādeyya
(sī. pī. ka.), niccoṭeyya (ka.), nippoṭheyya (syā. kaṃ.)] , evamevāhaṃ samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ vādena vādaṃ
odhunissāmi niddhunissāmi nipphoṭessāmi. Seyyathāpi nāma kuñjaro saṭṭhihāyano gambhīraṃ
pokkharaṇiṃ ogāhetvā sāṇadhovikaṃ nāma kīḷitajātaṃ kīḷati, evamevāhaṃ samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ
sāṇadhovikaṃ maññe kīḷitajātaṃ kīḷissāmi. Handa cāhaṃ, bhante, gacchāmi samaṇassa gotamassa
imasmiṃ kathāvatthusmiṃ vādaṃ āropessāmī’’ti. ‘‘Gaccha tvaṃ, gahapati, samaṇassa gotamassa
imasmiṃ kathāvatthusmiṃ vādaṃ āropehi. Ahaṃ vā hi, gahapati, samaṇassa gotamassa vādaṃ
āropeyyaṃ, dīghatapassī vā nigaṇṭho, tvaṃ vā’’ti.
60 . Evaṃ vutte, dīghatapassī nigaṇṭho nigaṇṭhaṃ nāṭaputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘na kho metaṃ, bhante,
ruccati yaṃ upāli gahapati samaṇassa gotamassa vādaṃ āropeyya. Samaṇo hi, bhante, gotamo māyāvī
āvaṭṭaniṃ māyaṃ jānāti yāya aññatitthiyānaṃ sāvake āvaṭṭetī’’ti. ‘‘Aṭṭhānaṃ kho etaṃ, tapassi,
anavakāso yaṃ upāli gahapati samaṇassa gotamassa sāvakattaṃ upagaccheyya. Ṭhānañca kho etaṃ
vijjati yaṃ samaṇo gotamo upālissa gahapatissa sāvakattaṃ upagaccheyya. Gaccha, tvaṃ, gahapati,
samaṇassa gotamassa imasmiṃ kathāvatthusmiṃ vādaṃ āropehi. Ahaṃ vā hi, gahapati, samaṇassa
gotamassa vādaṃ āropeyyaṃ, dīghatapassī vā nigaṇṭho, tvaṃ vā’’ti. Dutiyampi kho dīghatapassī…pe…
tatiyampi kho dīghatapassī nigaṇṭho nigaṇṭhaṃ nāṭaputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘na kho metaṃ, bhante, ruccati
yaṃ upāli gahapati samaṇassa gotamassa vādaṃ āropeyya. Samaṇo hi, bhante, gotamo māyāvī
āvaṭṭaniṃ māyaṃ jānāti yāya aññatitthiyānaṃ sāvake āvaṭṭetī’’ti. ‘‘Aṭṭhānaṃ kho etaṃ, tapassi,
anavakāso yaṃ upāli gahapati samaṇassa gotamassa sāvakattaṃ upagaccheyya. Ṭhānañca kho etaṃ
vijjati yaṃ samaṇo gotamo upālissa gahapatissa sāvakattaṃ upagaccheyya. Gaccha tvaṃ, gahapati,
samaṇassa gotamassa imasmiṃ kathāvatthusmiṃ vādaṃ āropehi. Ahaṃ vā hi, gahapati, samaṇassa
gotamassa vādaṃ āropeyyaṃ, dīghatapassī vā nigaṇṭho, tvaṃ vā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho upāli
gahapati nigaṇṭhassa nāṭaputtassa paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā nigaṇṭhaṃ nāṭaputtaṃ abhivādetvā
padakkhiṇaṃ katvā yena pāvārikambavanaṃ yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā
bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho upāli gahapati bhagavantaṃ
etadavoca – ‘‘āgamā nu khvidha, bhante, dīghatapassī nigaṇṭho’’ti?
‘‘Āgamā khvidha, gahapati, dīghatapassī nigaṇṭho’’ti.
‘‘Ahu kho pana te, bhante, dīghatapassinā nigaṇṭhena saddhiṃ kocideva kathāsallāpo’’ti?
‘‘Ahu kho me, gahapati, dīghatapassinā nigaṇṭhena saddhiṃ kocideva kathāsallāpo’’ti.
‘‘Yathā kathaṃ pana te, bhante, ahu dīghatapassinā nigaṇṭhena saddhiṃ kocideva kathāsallāpo’’ti?
Atha kho bhagavā yāvatako ahosi dīghatapassinā nigaṇṭhena saddhiṃ kathāsallāpo taṃ sabbaṃ
upālissa gahapatissa ārocesi.
61 . Evaṃ vutte, upāli gahapati bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sādhu sādhu, bhante tapassī! Yathā taṃ
sutavatā sāvakena sammadeva satthusāsanaṃ ājānantena evamevaṃ dīghatapassinā nigaṇṭhena
bhagavato by ākata ṃ. Kiñhi sobhati chavo manoda ṇḍ o imassa eva ṃ oḷā rikassa k āyada ṇḍ assa
upanidh āya? Atha kho k āyada ṇḍ ova mah āsāvajjataro p āpassa kammassa kiriy āya p āpassa
kammassa pavattiyā, no tathā vacīdaṇḍo, no tathā manodaṇḍo’’ti. ‘‘Sace kho tvaṃ, gahapati, sacce
patiṭṭhāya manteyyāsi siyā no ettha kathāsallāpo’’ti. ‘‘Sacce ahaṃ, bhante, patiṭṭhāya mantessāmi; hotu
no ettha kathāsallāpo’’ti.
62 . ‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, gahapati, idhassa nigaṇṭho ābādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno
sītodakapaṭikkhitto uṇhodakapaṭisevī. So sītodakaṃ alabhamāno kālaṅkareyya. Imassa pana, gahapati,
nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto katthūpapattiṃ paññapetī’’ti?
‘‘Atthi, bhante, manosattā nāma devā tattha so upapajjati’’.
‘‘Taṃ kissa hetu’’?
‘‘Asu hi, bhante, manopaṭibaddho kālaṅkarotī’’ti.
‘‘Manasi karohi, gahapati
[gahapati gahapati manasi karohi (sī. syā. kaṃ.), gahapati manasi karohi
(ka.), gahapati gahapati (pī.)] , manasi karitvā kho, gahapati, byākarohi. Na kho te sandhiyati purimena
vā pacchimaṃ, pacchimena vā purimaṃ. Bhāsitā kho pana te, gahapati, esā vācā – ‘sacce ahaṃ, bhante,
patiṭṭhāya mantessāmi, hotu no ettha kathāsallāpo’’’ti. ‘‘Kiñcāpi, bhante, bhagavā evamāha, atha kho
kāyadaṇḍova mahāsāvajjataro pāpassa kammassa kiriyāya pāpassa kammassa pavattiyā, no tathā
vacīdaṇḍo, no tathā manodaṇḍo’’ti.
63 . ‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, gahapati, idhassa nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto cātuyāmasaṃvarasaṃvuto
sabbavārivārito sabbavāriyutto sabbavāridhuto sabbavāriphuṭo. So abhikkamanto paṭikkamanto bahū
khuddake pāṇe saṅghātaṃ āpādeti. Imassa pana, gahapati, nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto kaṃ vipākaṃ
paññapetī’’ti?
‘‘Asañcetanikaṃ, bhante, nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto no mahāsāvajjaṃ paññapetī’’ti.
‘‘Sace pana, gahapati, cetetī’’ti?
‘‘Mahāsāvajjaṃ, bhante, hotī’’ti.
‘‘Cetanaṃ pana, gahapati, nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto kismiṃ paññapetī’’ti?
‘‘Manodaṇḍasmiṃ, bhante’’ti.
‘‘Manasi karohi, gahapati, manasi karitvā kho, gahapati, byākarohi. Na kho te sandhiyati purimena
vā pacchimaṃ, pacchimena vā purimaṃ. Bhāsitā kho pana te, gahapati, esā vācā – ‘sacce ahaṃ, bhante,
patiṭṭhāya mantessāmi; hotu no ettha kathāsallāpo’’’ti. ‘‘Kiñcāpi, bhante, bhagavā evamāha, atha kho
kāyadaṇḍova mahāsāvajjataro pāpassa kammassa kiriyāya pāpassa kammassa pavattiyā, no tathā
vacīdaṇḍo, no tathā manodaṇḍo’’ti.
64 . ‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, gahapati, ayaṃ nāḷandā iddhā ceva phītā ca bahujanā ākiṇṇamanussā’’ti?
‘‘Evaṃ, bhante, ayaṃ nāḷandā iddhā ceva phītā ca bahujanā ākiṇṇamanussā’’ti.
‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, gahapati, idha puriso āgaccheyya ukkhittāsiko. So evaṃ vadeyya – ‘ahaṃ
yāvatikā imissā nāḷandāya pāṇā te ekena khaṇena ekena muhuttena ekaṃ maṃsakhalaṃ ekaṃ
ma ṃsapuñja ṃ kariss āmī’ti. Ta ṃ ki ṃ maññasi, gahapati, pahoti nu kho so puriso y āvatik ā imiss ā
nāḷ and āya p āṇā te ekena kha ṇena ekena muhuttena eka ṃ ma ṃsakhala ṃ eka ṃ ma ṃsapuñja ṃ
kātu’’nti?
‘‘Dasapi, bhante, purisā, vīsampi, bhante, purisā, tiṃsampi, bhante, purisā, cattārīsampi, bhante,
purisā, paññāsampi, bhante, purisā nappahonti yāvatikā imissā nāḷandāya pāṇā te ekena khaṇena ekena
muhuttena ekaṃ maṃsakhalaṃ ekaṃ maṃsapuñjaṃ kātuṃ. Kiñhi sobhati eko chavo puriso’’ti!
‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, gahapati, idha āgaccheyya samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā iddhimā cetovasippatto. So
evaṃ vadeyya – ‘ahaṃ imaṃ nāḷandaṃ ekena manopadosena bhasmaṃ karissāmī’ti. Taṃ kiṃ maññasi,
gahapati, pahoti nu kho so samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā iddhimā cetovasippatto imaṃ nāḷandaṃ ekena
manopadosena bhasmaṃ kātu’’nti?
‘‘Dasapi, bhante, nāḷandā, vīsampi nāḷandā, tiṃsampi nāḷandā, cattārīsampi nāḷandā, paññāsampi
nāḷandā pahoti so samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā iddhimā cetovasippatto ekena manopadosena bhasmaṃ
kātuṃ. Kiñhi sobhati ekā chavā nāḷandā’’ti!
‘‘Manasi karohi, gahapati, manasi karitvā kho, gahapati, byākarohi. Na kho te sandhiyati purimena
vā pacchimaṃ, pacchimena vā purimaṃ. Bhāsitā kho pana te, gahapati, esā vācā – ‘sacce ahaṃ, bhante,
patiṭṭhāya mantessāmi; hotu no ettha kathāsallāpo’’’ti.
‘‘Kiñcāpi, bhante, bhagavā evamāha, atha kho kāyadaṇḍova mahāsāvajjataro pāpassa kammassa
kiriyāya pāpassa kammassa pavattiyā, no tathā vacīdaṇḍo, no tathā manodaṇḍo’’ti.
65 . ‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, gahapati, sutaṃ te daṇḍakīraññaṃ
[daṇḍakāraññaṃ (sī. pī.)]
kāliṅgāraññaṃ majjhāraññaṃ [mejjhāraññaṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] mātaṅgāraññaṃ araññaṃ
araññabhūta’’nti?
‘‘Evaṃ, bhante, sutaṃ me daṇḍakīraññaṃ kāliṅgāraññaṃ majjhāraññaṃ mātaṅgāraññaṃ araññaṃ
araññabhūta’’nti.
‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, gahapati, kinti te sutaṃ kena taṃ daṇḍakīraññaṃ kāliṅgāraññaṃ
majjhāraññaṃ mātaṅgāraññaṃ araññaṃ araññabhūta’’nti?
‘‘Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante, isīnaṃ manopadosena taṃ daṇḍakīraññaṃ kāliṅgāraññaṃ majjhāraññaṃ
mātaṅgāraññaṃ araññaṃ araññabhūta’’nti.
‘‘Manasi karohi, gahapati, manasi karitvā kho, gahapati, byākarohi. Na kho te sandhiyati purimena
vā pacchimaṃ, pacchimena vā purimaṃ. Bhāsitā kho pana te, gahapati, esā vācā – ‘sacce ahaṃ, bhante,
patiṭṭhāya mantessāmi; hotu no ettha kathāsallāpo’’’ti.
66 . ‘‘Purimenevāhaṃ, bhante, opammena bhagavato attamano abhiraddho. Api cāhaṃ imāni
bhagavato vicitrāni pañhapaṭibhānāni sotukāmo, evāhaṃ bhagavantaṃ paccanīkaṃ kātabbaṃ
amaññissaṃ. Abhikkantaṃ, bhante, abhikkantaṃ, bhante! Seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṃ vā
ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ
dhāreyya – cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantīti; evamevaṃ bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito.
Esāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. Upāsakaṃ maṃ
bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gata’’nti.
67 . ‘‘Anuviccakāraṃ kho, gahapati, karohi, anuviccakāro tumhādisānaṃ ñātamanussānaṃ sādhu
hotī’’ti. ‘‘Imināpāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavato bhiyyosomattāya attamano abhiraddho yaṃ maṃ bhagavā
evamāha – ‘anuviccakāraṃ kho, gahapati, karohi, anuviccakāro tumhādisānaṃ ñātamanussānaṃ sādhu
hot ī’ti. Mañhi, bhante, aññatitthiy ā sāvaka ṃ labhitv ā kevalakappa ṃ nāḷ anda ṃ pa ṭā ka ṃ
parihareyyuṃ – ‘upāli amhākaṃ gahapati sāvakattaṃ upagato’ti. Atha ca pana maṃ bhagavā evamāha –
‘anuviccakāraṃ kho, gahapati, karohi, anuviccakāro tumhādisānaṃ ñātamanussānaṃ sādhu hotī’ti.
Esāhaṃ, bhante, dutiyampi bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. Upāsakaṃ
maṃ bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gata’’nti.
68 . ‘‘Dīgharattaṃ kho te, gahapati, nigaṇṭhānaṃ opānabhūtaṃ kulaṃ yena nesaṃ upagatānaṃ
piṇḍakaṃ dātabbaṃ maññeyyāsī’’ti. ‘‘Imināpāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavato bhiyyosomattāya attamano
abhiraddho yaṃ maṃ bhagavā evamāha – ‘dīgharattaṃ kho te, gahapati, nigaṇṭhānaṃ opānabhūtaṃ
kulaṃ yena nesaṃ upagatānaṃ piṇḍakaṃ dātabbaṃ maññeyyāsī’ti. Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante, samaṇo
gotamo evamāha – ‘mayhameva dānaṃ dātabbaṃ, nāññesaṃ dānaṃ dātabbaṃ; mayhameva sāvakānaṃ
dānaṃ dātabbaṃ, nāññesaṃ sāvakānaṃ dānaṃ dātabbaṃ; mayhameva dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ,
nāññesaṃ dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ; mayhameva sāvakānaṃ dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ, nāññesaṃ sāvakānaṃ
dinnaṃ mahapphala’nti. Atha ca pana maṃ bhagavā nigaṇṭhesupi dāne samādapeti. Api ca, bhante,
mayamettha kālaṃ jānissāma. Esāhaṃ, bhante, tatiyampi bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañca
bhikkhusaṅghañca. Upāsakaṃ maṃ bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gata’’nti.
69 . Atha kho bhagavā upālissa gahapatissa anupubbiṃ kathaṃ
[ānupubbīkathaṃ (sī.),
ānupubbikathaṃ (pī.), anupubbikathaṃ (syā. kaṃ. ka.)] kathesi, seyyathidaṃ – dānakathaṃ sīlakathaṃ
saggakathaṃ, kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ, nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi. Yadā bhagavā
aññāsi upāliṃ gahapatiṃ kallacittaṃ muducittaṃ vinīvaraṇacittaṃ udaggacittaṃ pasannacittaṃ, atha yā
buddhānaṃ sāmukkaṃsikā dhammadesanā taṃ pakāsesi – dukkhaṃ, samudayaṃ, nirodhaṃ, maggaṃ.
Seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṃ vatthaṃ apagatakāḷakaṃ sammadeva rajanaṃ paṭiggaṇheyya, evameva
upālissa gahapatissa tasmiṃyeva āsane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi – ‘yaṃ kiñci
samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’nti. Atha kho upāli gahapati diṭṭhadhammo
pattadhammo viditadhammo pariyogāḷhadhammo tiṇṇavicikiccho vigatakathaṃkatho vesārajjappatto
aparappaccayo satthusāsane bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘handa ca dāni mayaṃ, bhante, gacchāma,
bahukiccā mayaṃ bahukaraṇīyā’’ti. ‘‘Yassadāni tvaṃ, gahapati, kālaṃ maññasī’’ti.
70 . Atha kho upāli gahapati bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā
bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā yena sakaṃ nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā
dovārikaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ajjatagge, samma dovārika, āvarāmi dvāraṃ nigaṇṭhānaṃ nigaṇṭhīnaṃ,
anāvaṭaṃ dvāraṃ bhagavato bhikkhūnaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ upāsakānaṃ upāsikānaṃ. Sace koci nigaṇṭho
āgacchati tamenaṃ tvaṃ evaṃ vadeyyāsi – ‘tiṭṭha, bhante, mā pāvisi. Ajjatagge upāli gahapati
samaṇassa gotamassa sāvakattaṃ upagato. Āvaṭaṃ dvāraṃ nigaṇṭhānaṃ nigaṇṭhīnaṃ, anāvaṭaṃ dvāraṃ
bhagavato bhikkhūnaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ upāsakānaṃ upāsikānaṃ. Sace te, bhante, piṇḍakena attho,
ettheva tiṭṭha, ettheva te āharissantī’’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho dovāriko upālissa gahapatissa
paccassosi.
71 . Assosi kho dīghatapassī nigaṇṭho – ‘‘upāli kira gahapati samaṇassa gotamassa sāvakattaṃ
upagato’’ti. Atha kho dīghatapassī nigaṇṭho yena nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā
nigaṇṭhaṃ nāṭaputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante, upāli kira gahapati samaṇassa gotamassa
sāvakattaṃ upagato’’ti. ‘‘Aṭṭhānaṃ kho etaṃ, tapassi, anavakāso yaṃ upāli gahapati samaṇassa
gotamassa sāvakattaṃ upagaccheyya. Ṭhānañca kho etaṃ vijjati yaṃ samaṇo gotamo upālissa
gahapatissa sāvakattaṃ upagaccheyyā’’ti. Dutiyampi kho dīghatapassī nigaṇṭho…pe… tatiyampi kho
dīghatapassī nigaṇṭho nigaṇṭhaṃ nāṭaputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante …pe… upālissa
gahapatissa sāvakattaṃ upagaccheyyā’’ti. ‘‘Handāhaṃ, bhante, gacchāmi yāva jānāmi yadi vā upāli
gahapati samaṇassa gotamassa sāvakattaṃ upagato yadi vā no’’ti. ‘‘Gaccha tvaṃ, tapassi, jānāhi yadi vā
upāli gahapati samaṇassa gotamassa sāvakattaṃ upagato yadi vā no’’ti.
72 . Atha kho d īghatapass ī niga ṇṭ ho yena up ālissa gahapatissa nivesana ṃ tenupasa ṅkami. Addas ā
kho dov āriko d īghatapassi ṃ niga ṇṭ ha ṃ dūratova āgacchanta ṃ. Disv āna d īghatapassi ṃ niga ṇṭ ha ṃ
etadavoca – ‘‘tiṭṭha, bhante, mā pāvisi. Ajjatagge upāli gahapati samaṇassa gotamassa sāvakattaṃ
upagato. Āvaṭaṃ dvāraṃ nigaṇṭhānaṃ nigaṇṭhīnaṃ, anāvaṭaṃ dvāraṃ bhagavato bhikkhūnaṃ
bhikkhunīnaṃ upāsakānaṃ upāsikānaṃ. Sace te, bhante, piṇḍakena attho, ettheva tiṭṭha, ettheva te
āharissantī’’ti. ‘‘Na me, āvuso, piṇḍakena attho’’ti vatvā tato paṭinivattitvā yena nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto
tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā nigaṇṭhaṃ nāṭaputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘saccaṃyeva kho, bhante, yaṃ upāli
gahapati samaṇassa gotamassa sāvakattaṃ upagato. Etaṃ kho te ahaṃ, bhante, nālatthaṃ na kho me,
bhante, ruccati yaṃ upāli gahapati samaṇassa gotamassa vādaṃ āropeyya. Samaṇo hi, bhante, gotamo
māyāvī āvaṭṭaniṃ māyaṃ jānāti yāya aññatitthiyānaṃ sāvake āvaṭṭetīti. Āvaṭṭo kho te, bhante, upāli
gahapati samaṇena gotamena āvaṭṭaniyā māyāyā’’ti. ‘‘Aṭṭhānaṃ kho etaṃ, tapassi, anavakāso yaṃ upāli
gahapati samaṇassa gotamassa sāvakattaṃ upagaccheyya. Ṭhānañca kho etaṃ vijjati yaṃ samaṇo
gotamo upālissa gahapatissa sāvakattaṃ upagaccheyyā’’ti. Dutiyampi kho dīghatapassī nigaṇṭho
nigaṇṭhaṃ nāṭaputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘saccaṃyeva, bhante…pe… upālissa gahapatissa sāvakattaṃ
upagaccheyyā’’ti. Tatiyampi kho dīghatapassī nigaṇṭho nigaṇṭhaṃ nāṭaputtaṃ etadavoca –
‘‘saccaṃyeva kho, bhante…pe… upālissa gahapatissa sāvakattaṃ upagaccheyyā’’ti. ‘‘Handa cāhaṃ,
tapassi, gacchāmi yāva cāhaṃ sāmaṃyeva jānāmi yadi vā upāli gahapati samaṇassa gotamassa
sāvakattaṃ upagato yadi vā no’’ti.
Atha kho nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto mahatiyā nigaṇṭhaparisāya saddhiṃ yena upālissa gahapatissa
nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami. Addasā kho dovāriko nigaṇṭhaṃ nāṭaputtaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ. Disvāna
nigaṇṭhaṃ nāṭaputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘tiṭṭha, bhante, mā pāvisi. Ajjatagge upāli gahapati samaṇassa
gotamassa sāvakattaṃ upagato. Āvaṭaṃ dvāraṃ nigaṇṭhānaṃ nigaṇṭhīnaṃ, anāvaṭaṃ dvāraṃ bhagavato
bhikkhūnaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ upāsakānaṃ upāsikānaṃ. Sace te, bhante, piṇḍakena attho, ettheva tiṭṭha,
ettheva te āharissantī’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi, samma dovārika, yena upāli gahapati tenupasaṅkama;
upasaṅkamitvā upāliṃ gahapatiṃ evaṃ vadehi – ‘nigaṇṭho, bhante, nāṭaputto mahatiyā nigaṇṭhaparisāya
saddhiṃ bahidvārakoṭṭhake ṭhito; so te dassanakāmo’’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho dovāriko nigaṇṭhassa
nāṭaputtassa paṭissutvā yena upāli gahapati tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā upāliṃ gahapatiṃ etadavoca
– ‘‘nigaṇṭho, bhante, nāṭaputto mahatiyā nigaṇṭhaparisāya saddhiṃ bahidvārakoṭṭhake ṭhito; so te
dassanakāmo’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi, samma dovārika, majjhimāya dvārasālāya āsanāni paññapehī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ,
bhante’’ti kho dovāriko upālissa gahapatissa paṭissutvā majjhimāya dvārasālāya āsanāni paññapetvā
yena upāli gahapati tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā upāliṃ gahapatiṃ etadavoca – ‘‘paññattāni kho,
bhante, majjhimāya dvārasālāya āsanāni. Yassadāni kālaṃ maññasī’’ti.
73 . Atha kho upāli gahapati yena majjhimā dvārasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā yaṃ tattha
āsanaṃ aggañca seṭṭhañca uttamañca paṇītañca tattha sāmaṃ nisīditvā dovārikaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘tena hi,
samma dovārika, yena nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto tenupasaṅkama; upasaṅkamitvā nigaṇṭhaṃ nāṭaputtaṃ evaṃ
vadehi – ‘upāli, bhante, gahapati evamāha – pavisa kira, bhante, sace ākaṅkhasī’’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti
kho dovāriko upālissa gahapatissa paṭissutvā yena nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā
nigaṇṭhaṃ nāṭaputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘upāli, bhante, gahapati evamāha – ‘pavisa kira, bhante, sace
ākaṅkhasī’’’ti. Atha kho nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto mahatiyā nigaṇṭhaparisāya saddhiṃ yena majjhimā
dvārasālā tenupasaṅkami. Atha kho upāli gahapati – yaṃ sudaṃ pubbe yato passati nigaṇṭhaṃ
nāṭaputtaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ disvāna tato paccuggantvā yaṃ tattha āsanaṃ aggañca seṭṭhañca
uttamañca paṇītañca taṃ uttarāsaṅgena sammajjitvā [pamajjitvā (sī. pī.)] pariggahetvā nisīdāpeti so –
dāni yaṃ tattha āsanaṃ aggañca seṭṭhañca uttamañca paṇītañca tattha sāmaṃ nisīditvā nigaṇṭhaṃ
nāṭaputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘saṃvijjanti kho, bhante, āsanāni; sace ākaṅkhasi, nisīdā’’ti. Evaṃ vutte,
nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto upāliṃ gahapatiṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ummattosi tvaṃ, gahapati, dattosi tvaṃ, gahapati!
‘Gacchāmahaṃ, bhante, samaṇassa gotamassa vādaṃ āropessāmī’ti gantvā mahatāsi vādasaṅghāṭena
paṭimukko āgato. Seyyathāpi, gahapati, puriso aṇḍahārako gantvā ubbhatehi aṇḍehi āgaccheyya,
seyyathā vā pana gahapati puriso akkhikahārako gantvā ubbhatehi akkhīhi āgaccheyya; evameva kho
tvaṃ, gahapati, ‘gacchāmahaṃ, bhante, samaṇassa gotamassa vādaṃ āropessāmī’ti gantvā mahatāsi
vādasa ṅgh āṭ ena pa ṭimukko āgato. Āva ṭṭ osi kho tva ṃ, gahapati, sama ṇena gotamena āva ṭṭ aniy ā
māyāyā’’ ti.
74 . ‘‘Bhaddikā, bhante, āvaṭṭanī māyā; kalyāṇī, bhante, āvaṭṭanī māyā; piyā me, bhante, ñātisālohitā
imāya āvaṭṭaniyā āvaṭṭeyyuṃ; piyānampi me assa ñātisālohitānaṃ dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya; sabbe
cepi, bhante, khattiyā imāya āvaṭṭaniyā āvaṭṭeyyuṃ; sabbesānampissa khattiyānaṃ dīgharattaṃ hitāya
sukhāya; sabbe cepi, bhante, brāhmaṇā…pe… vessā…pe… suddā imāya āvaṭṭaniyā āvaṭṭeyyuṃ;
sabbesānampissa suddānaṃ dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya; sadevako cepi, bhante, loko samārako
sabrahmako sassamaṇabrāhmaṇī pajā sadevamanussā imāya āvaṭṭaniyā āvaṭṭeyyuṃ; sadevakassapissa
lokassa samārakassa sabrahmakassa sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya dīgharattaṃ hitāya
sukhāyāti. Tena hi, bhante, upamaṃ te karissāmi. Upamāya pidhekacce viññū purisā bhāsitassa atthaṃ
ājānanti.
75 . ‘‘Bhūtapubbaṃ, bhante, aññatarassa brāhmaṇassa jiṇṇassa vuḍḍhassa mahallakassa daharā
māṇavikā pajāpatī ahosi gabbhinī upavijaññā. Atha kho, bhante, sā māṇavikā taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ etadavoca
– ‘gaccha tvaṃ, brāhmaṇa, āpaṇā makkaṭacchāpakaṃ kiṇitvā ānehi, yo me kumārakassa kīḷāpanako
bhavissatī’ti. Evaṃ vutte, so brāhmaṇo taṃ māṇavikaṃ etadavoca – ‘āgamehi tāva, bhoti, yāva vijāyati.
Sace tvaṃ, bhoti, kumārakaṃ vijāyissasi, tassā te ahaṃ āpaṇā makkaṭacchāpakaṃ kiṇitvā ānessāmi, yo
te kumārakassa kīḷāpanako bhavissati. Sace pana tvaṃ, bhoti, kumārikaṃ vijāyissasi, tassā te ahaṃ
āpaṇā makkaṭacchāpikaṃ kiṇitvā ānessāmi, yā te kumārikāya kīḷāpanikā bhavissatī’ti. Dutiyampi kho,
bhante, sā māṇavikā…pe… tatiyampi kho, bhante, sā māṇavikā taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ etadavoca – ‘gaccha
tvaṃ, brāhmaṇa, āpaṇā makkaṭacchāpakaṃ kiṇitvā ānehi, yo me kumārakassa kīḷāpanako bhavissatī’ti.
Atha kho, bhante, so brāhmaṇo tassā māṇavikāya sāratto paṭibaddhacitto āpaṇā makkaṭacchāpakaṃ
kiṇitvā ānetvā taṃ māṇavikaṃ etadavoca – ‘ayaṃ te, bhoti, āpaṇā makkaṭacchāpako kiṇitvā ānīto, yo te
kumārakassa kīḷāpanako bhavissatī’ti. Evaṃ vutte, bhante, sā māṇavikā taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ etadavoca –
‘gaccha tvaṃ, brāhmaṇa, imaṃ makkaṭacchāpakaṃ ādāya yena rattapāṇi rajataputto tenupasaṅkama;
upasaṅkamitvā rattapāṇiṃ rajakaputtaṃ evaṃ vadehi – icchāmahaṃ, samma rattapāṇi, imaṃ
makkaṭacchāpakaṃ pītāvalepanaṃ nāma raṅgajātaṃ rajitaṃ ākoṭitapaccākoṭitaṃ
ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭha’nti.
‘‘Atha kho, bhante, so brāhmaṇo tassā māṇavikāya sāratto paṭibaddhacitto taṃ makkaṭacchāpakaṃ
ādāya yena rattapāṇi rajakaputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā rattapāṇiṃ rajakaputtaṃ etadavoca –
‘icchāmahaṃ, samma rattapāṇi, imaṃ makkaṭacchāpakaṃ pītāvalepanaṃ nāma raṅgajātaṃ rajitaṃ
ākoṭitapaccākoṭitaṃ ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭha’nti. Evaṃ vutte, bhante, rattapāṇi rajakaputto taṃ
brāhmaṇaṃ etadavoca – ‘ayaṃ kho te, makkaṭacchāpako raṅgakkhamo hi kho, no ākoṭanakkhamo, no
vimajjanakkhamo’ti. Evameva kho, bhante, bālānaṃ nigaṇṭhānaṃ vādo raṅgakkhamo hi kho bālānaṃ
no paṇḍitānaṃ, no anuyogakkhamo, no vimajjanakkhamo. Atha kho, bhante, so brāhmaṇo aparena
samayena navaṃ dussayugaṃ ādāya yena rattapāṇi rajakaputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā
rattapāṇiṃ rajakaputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘icchāmahaṃ, samma rattapāṇi, imaṃ navaṃ dussayugaṃ
pītāvalepanaṃ nāma raṅgajātaṃ rajitaṃ ākoṭitapaccākoṭitaṃ ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭha’nti. Evaṃ vutte,
bhante, rattapāṇi rajakaputto taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ etadavoca – ‘idaṃ kho te, bhante, navaṃ dussayugaṃ
raṅgakkhamañceva ākoṭanakkhamañca vimajjanakkhamañcā’ti. Evameva kho, bhante, tassa bhagavato
vādo arahato sammāsambuddhassa raṅgakkhamo ceva paṇḍitānaṃ no bālānaṃ, anuyogakkhamo ca
vimajjanakkhamo cā’’ti.
‘‘Sarājikā kho, gahapati, parisā evaṃ jānāti – ‘upāli gahapati nigaṇṭhassa nāṭaputtassa sāvako’ti.
Kassa taṃ, gahapati, sāvakaṃ dhāremā’’ti? Evaṃ vutte, upāli gahapati uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ
uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṃ paṇāmetvā nigaṇṭhaṃ nāṭaputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘tena hi,
bhante, suṇohi yassāhaṃ sāvako’’ti –
76 . ‘‘Dhīrassa vigatamohassa, pabhinnakhīlassa vijitavijayassa;
An īghassa susamacittassa, vuddhas īlassa s ādhupaññassa;
Majjhimanikāye
Majjhimapaṇṇāsapāḷi
1. Gahapativaggo
1. Kandarakasuttaṃ
1. Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā campāyaṃ viharati gaggarāya pokkharaṇiyā tīre
mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ. Atha kho pesso [peyo (ka.)] ca hatthārohaputto kandarako ca
paribbājako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā pesso hatthārohaputto bhagavantaṃ
abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Kandarako pana paribbājako bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi.
Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ
[sārāṇīyaṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ pī.)] vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi.
Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho kandarako paribbājako tuṇhībhūtaṃ tuṇhībhūtaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ anuviloketvā
bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘acchariyaṃ, bho gotama, abbhutaṃ, bho gotama, yāvañcidaṃ bhotā
gotamena sammā bhikkhusaṅgho paṭipādito! Yepi te, bho gotama, ahesuṃ atītamaddhānaṃ arahanto
sammāsambuddhā tepi bhagavanto etaparamaṃyeva sammā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paṭipādesuṃ – seyyathāpi
etarahi bhotā gotamena sammā bhikkhusaṅgho paṭipādito. Yepi te, bho gotama, bhavissanti
anāgatamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā tepi bhagavanto etaparamaṃyeva sammā
bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paṭipādessanti – seyyathāpi etarahi bhotā gotamena sammā bhikkhusaṅgho
paṭipādito’’ti.
2. ‘‘Evametaṃ, kandaraka, evametaṃ, kandaraka. Yepi te, kandaraka, ahesuṃ atītamaddhānaṃ
arahanto sammāsambuddhā tepi bhagavanto etaparamaṃyeva sammā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paṭipādesuṃ –
seyyathāpi etarahi mayā sammā bhikkhusaṅgho paṭipādito. Yepi te, kandaraka, bhavissanti
anāgatamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā tepi bhagavanto etaparamaṃyeva sammā
bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paṭipādessanti – seyyathāpi etarahi mayā sammā bhikkhusaṅgho paṭipādito.
‘‘Santi hi, kandaraka, bhikkhū imasmiṃ bhikkhusaṅghe arahanto khīṇāsavā vusitavanto
katakaraṇīyā ohitabhārā anuppattasadatthā parikkhīṇabhavasaṃyojanā sammadaññā vimuttā. Santi hi,
kandaraka, bhikkhū imasmiṃ bhikkhusaṅghe sekkhā santatasīlā santatavuttino nipakā nipakavuttino; te
catūsu
[nipakavuttino catūsu (sī.)] satipaṭṭhānesu suppatiṭṭhitacittā [supaṭṭhitacittā (sī. pī. ka.)] viharanti.
Katamesu catūsu? Idha, kandaraka, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya
loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ; vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke
abhijjhādomanassaṃ; citte cittānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke
abhijjhādomanassaṃ; dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke
abhijjhādomanassa’’nti.
3. Evaṃ vutte, pesso hatthārohaputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ,
bhante! Yāva supaññattā cime, bhante, bhagavatā cattāro satipaṭṭhānā sattānaṃ visuddhiyā
sokaparidevānaṃ [sokapariddavānaṃ (sī. pī.)] samatikkamāya dukkhadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamāya
ñāyassa adhigamāya nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya. Mayampi hi, bhante, gihī odātavasanā kālena kālaṃ
imesu catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu suppatiṭṭhitacittā viharāma. Idha mayaṃ, bhante, kāye kāyānupassino
viharāma ātāpino sampajānā satimanto, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ; vedanāsu vedanānupassino
viharāma ātāpino sampajānā satimanto, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ; citte cittānupassino viharāma
ātāpino sampajānā satimanto, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ; dhammesu dhammānupassino
viharāma ātāpino sampajānā satimanto, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. Acchariyaṃ, bhante,
abbhuta ṃ, bhante! Y āvañcida ṃ, bhante, bhagav ā eva ṃ manussagahane eva ṃ manussakasa ṭe eva ṃ
manussasāṭheyye vattamāne sattānaṃ hitāhitaṃ jānāti. Gahanañhetaṃ, bhante, yadidaṃ manussā;
uttānakañhetaṃ, bhante, yadidaṃ pasavo. Ahañhi, bhante, pahomi hatthidammaṃ sāretuṃ. Yāvatakena
antarena campaṃ gatāgataṃ karissati sabbāni tāni sāṭheyyāni kūṭeyyāni vaṅkeyyāni jimheyyāni
pātukarissati. Amhākaṃ pana, bhante, dāsāti vā pessāti vā kammakarāti vā aññathāva kāyena
samudācaranti aññathāva vācāya aññathāva nesaṃ cittaṃ hoti. Acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante!
Yāvañcidaṃ, bhante, bhagavā evaṃ manussagahane evaṃ manussakasaṭe evaṃ manussasāṭheyye
vattamāne sattānaṃ hitāhitaṃ jānāti. Gahanañhetaṃ, bhante, yadidaṃ manussā; uttānakañhetaṃ, bhante,
yadidaṃ pasavo’’ti.
4. ‘‘Evametaṃ, pessa, evametaṃ, pessa. Gahanañhetaṃ, pessa, yadidaṃ manussā; uttānakañhetaṃ,
pessa, yadidaṃ pasavo. Cattārome, pessa, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. Katame cattāro? Idha,
pessa, ekacco puggalo attantapo hoti attaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto; idha pana, pessa, ekacco puggalo
parantapo hoti paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto; idha pana, pessa, ekacco puggalo attantapo ca hoti
attaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto, parantapo ca paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto; idha pana, pessa,
ekacco puggalo nevattantapo hoti nāttaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto na parantapo na
paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto. So anattantapo aparantapo diṭṭheva dhamme nicchāto nibbuto
sītībhūto
[sītibhūto (sī. pī. ka.)] sukhappaṭisaṃvedī brahmabhūtena attanā viharati. Imesaṃ, pessa,
catunnaṃ puggalānaṃ katamo te puggalo cittaṃ ārādhetī’’ti?
‘‘Yvāyaṃ, bhante, puggalo attantapo attaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto, ayaṃ me puggalo cittaṃ
nārādheti. Yopāyaṃ, bhante, puggalo parantapo paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto, ayampi me puggalo
cittaṃ nārādheti. Yopāyaṃ, bhante, puggalo attantapo ca attaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto parantapo ca
paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto, ayampi me puggalo cittaṃ nārādheti. Yo ca kho ayaṃ, bhante,
puggalo nevattantapo nāttaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto na parantapo na
paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto, so anattantapo aparantapo diṭṭheva dhamme nicchāto nibbuto sītībhūto
sukhappaṭisaṃvedī brahmabhūtena attanā viharati – ayameva
[ayaṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] me puggalo
cittaṃ ārādhetī’’ti.
5. ‘‘Kasmā pana te, pessa, ime tayo puggalā cittaṃ nārādhentī’’ti? ‘‘Yvāyaṃ, bhante, puggalo
attantapo attaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto so attānaṃ sukhakāmaṃ dukkhapaṭikkūlaṃ ātāpeti paritāpeti
–iminā me ayaṃ puggalo cittaṃ nārādheti. Yopāyaṃ, bhante, puggalo parantapo
paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto so paraṃ sukhakāmaṃ dukkhapaṭikkūlaṃ ātāpeti paritāpeti – iminā me
ayaṃ puggalo cittaṃ nārādheti. Yopāyaṃ, bhante, puggalo attantapo ca attaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto
parantapo ca paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto so attānañca parañca sukhakāmaṃ dukkhapaṭikkūlaṃ
[sukhakāme dukkhapaṭikkūle (sī. pī.)] ātāpeti paritāpeti – iminā me ayaṃ puggalo cittaṃ nārādheti. Yo
ca kho ayaṃ, bhante, puggalo nevattantapo nāttaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto na parantapo na
paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto so anattantapo aparantapo diṭṭheva dhamme nicchāto nibbuto sītībhūto
sukhappaṭisaṃvedī brahmabhūtena attanā
[viharati. iminā (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] viharati; so attānañca
parañca sukhakāmaṃ dukkhapaṭikkūlaṃ neva ātāpeti na paritāpeti – iminā [viharati. iminā (sī. syā. kaṃ.
pī.)] me ayaṃ puggalo cittaṃ ārādheti. Handa, ca dāni mayaṃ, bhante, gacchāma; bahukiccā mayaṃ
bahukaraṇīyā’’ti. ‘‘Yassadāni tvaṃ, pessa, kālaṃ maññasī’’ti. Atha kho pesso hatthārohaputto
bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ
katvā pakkāmi.
6. Atha kho bhagavā acirapakkante pesse hatthārohaputte bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘paṇḍito, bhikkhave,
pesso hatthārohaputto; mahāpañño, bhikkhave, pesso hatthārohaputto. Sace, bhikkhave, pesso
hatthārohaputto muhuttaṃ nisīdeyya yāvassāhaṃ ime cattāro puggale vitthārena vibhajissāmi
[vibhajāmi (sī. pī.)] , mahatā atthena saṃyutto abhavissa. Api ca, bhikkhave, ettāvatāpi pesso
hatthārohaputto mahatā atthena saṃyutto’’ti. ‘‘Etassa, bhagavā, kālo, etassa, sugata, kālo, yaṃ bhagavā
ime catt āro puggale vitth ārena vibhajeyya. Bhagavato sutv ā bhikkh ū dh āressant ī’’ ti. ‘‘ Tena hi,
bhikkhave, su ṇā tha, s ādhuka ṃ manasi karotha, bh āsiss āmī’’ ti. ‘‘ Eva ṃ, bhante ’’ ti kho te bhikkh ū
bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –
7. ‘‘Katamo ca, bhikkhave, puggalo attantapo attaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto? Idha, bhikkhave,
ekacco puggalo acelako hoti muttācāro hatthāpalekhano [hatthāvalekhano (syā. kaṃ.)] naehibhaddantiko
natiṭṭhabhaddantiko [naehibhadantiko, natiṭṭhabhadantiko (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] ; nābhihaṭaṃ na
uddissakataṃ na nimantanaṃ sādiyati; so na kumbhimukhā paṭiggaṇhāti na kaḷopimukhā
[khaḷopimukho (sī.)] paṭiggaṇhāti na eḷakamantaraṃ na daṇḍamantaraṃ na musalamantaraṃ na
dvinnaṃ bhuñjamānānaṃ na gabbhiniyā na pāyamānāya na purisantaragatāya na saṅkittīsu na yattha sā
upaṭṭhito hoti na yattha makkhikā saṇḍasaṇḍacārinī; na macchaṃ na maṃsaṃ na suraṃ na merayaṃ na
thusodakaṃ pivati. So ekāgāriko vā hoti ekālopiko, dvāgāriko vā hoti dvālopiko…pe… sattāgāriko vā
hoti sattālopiko; ekissāpi dattiyā yāpeti, dvīhipi dattīhi yāpeti…pe… sattahipi dattīhi yāpeti; ekāhikampi
āhāraṃ āhāreti, dvīhikampi āhāraṃ āhāreti…pe… sattāhikampi āhāraṃ āhāreti – iti evarūpaṃ
aḍḍhamāsikaṃ pariyāyabhattabhojanānuyogamanuyutto viharati. So sākabhakkho vā hoti,
sāmākabhakkho vā hoti, nīvārabhakkho vā hoti, daddulabhakkho vā hoti, haṭabhakkho vā hoti,
kaṇabhakkho vā hoti, ācāmabhakkho vā hoti, piññākabhakkho vā hoti, tiṇabhakkho vā hoti,
gomayabhakkho vā hoti; vanamūlaphalāhāro yāpeti pavattaphalabhojī. So sāṇānipi dhāreti, masāṇānipi
dhāreti, chavadussānipi dhāreti, paṃsukūlānipi dhāreti, tirīṭānipi dhāreti, ajinampi dhāreti,
ajinakkhipampi dhāreti, kusacīrampi dhāreti, vākacīrampi dhāreti, phalakacīrampi dhāreti,
kesakambalampi dhāreti, vāḷakambalampi dhāreti, ulūkapakkhampi dhāreti; kesamassulocakopi hoti,
kesamassulocanānuyogamanuyutto, ubbhaṭṭhakopi hoti āsanapaṭikkhitto, ukkuṭikopi hoti
ukkuṭikappadhānamanuyutto, kaṇṭakāpassayikopi hoti kaṇṭakāpassaye seyyaṃ kappeti
[passa ma. ni.
1.155 mahāsīhanādasutte] ; sāyatatiyakampi udakorohanānuyogamanuyutto viharati – iti evarūpaṃ
anekavihitaṃ kāyassa ātāpanaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto viharati. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, puggalo
attantapo attaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto.
8. ‘‘Katamo ca, bhikkhave, puggalo parantapo paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto? Idha, bhikkhave,
ekacco puggalo orabbhiko hoti sūkariko sākuṇiko māgaviko luddo macchaghātako coro coraghātako
goghātako bandhanāgāriko ye vā panaññepi keci kurūrakammantā. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, puggalo
parantapo paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto.
9. ‘‘Katamo ca, bhikkhave, puggalo attantapo ca attaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto parantapo ca
paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto? Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo rājā vā hoti khattiyo muddhāvasitto
brāhmaṇo vā mahāsālo. So puratthimena nagarassa navaṃ santhāgāraṃ
[sandhāgāraṃ (ṭīkā)] kārāpetvā
kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kharājinaṃ nivāsetvā sappitelena kāyaṃ abbhañjitvā magavisāṇena piṭṭhiṃ
kaṇḍuvamāno navaṃ santhāgāraṃ pavisati saddhiṃ mahesiyā brāhmaṇena ca purohitena. So tattha
anantarahitāya bhūmiyā haritupalittāya seyyaṃ kappeti. Ekissāya gāviyā sarūpavacchāya yaṃ ekasmiṃ
thane khīraṃ hoti tena rājā yāpeti, yaṃ dutiyasmiṃ thane khīraṃ hoti tena mahesī yāpeti, yaṃ
tatiyasmiṃ thane khīraṃ hoti tena brāhmaṇo purohito yāpeti, yaṃ catutthasmiṃ thane khīraṃ hoti tena
aggiṃ juhati, avasesena vacchako yāpeti. So evamāha – ‘ettakā usabhā haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā
vacchatarā haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā vacchatariyo haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā ajā haññantu
yaññatthāya, ettakā urabbhā haññantu yaññatthāya, (ettakā assā haññantu yaññatthāya) [( ) natthi sī. pī.
potthakesu] , ettakā rukkhā chijjantu yūpatthāya, ettakā dabbhā lūyantu barihisatthāyā’ti [parihiṃ
satthāya (ka.)] . Yepissa te honti dāsāti vā pessāti vā kammakarāti vā tepi daṇḍatajjitā bhayatajjitā
assumukhā rudamānā parikammāni karonti. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, puggalo attantapo ca
attaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto parantapo ca paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto.
10 . ‘‘Katamo ca, bhikkhave, puggalo nevattantapo nāttaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto na parantapo
na paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto, so anattantapo aparantapo diṭṭheva dhamme nicchāto nibbuto
sītībhūto sukhappaṭisaṃvedī brahmabhūtena attanā viharati? Idha, bhikkhave, tathāgato loke uppajjati
arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā
devamanuss āna ṃ buddho bhagav ā. So ima ṃ loka ṃ sadevaka ṃ sam āraka ṃ sabrahmaka ṃ
sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṃ pajaṃ sadevamanussaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti. So dhammaṃ
deseti ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ, kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ
parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāseti. Taṃ dhammaṃ suṇāti gahapati vā gahapatiputto vā
aññatarasmiṃ vā kule paccājāto. So taṃ dhammaṃ sutvā tathāgate saddhaṃ paṭilabhati. So tena
saddhāpaṭilābhena samannāgato iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘sambādho gharāvāso rajāpatho, abbhokāso
pabbajjā. Nayidaṃ sukaraṃ agāraṃ ajjhāvasatā ekantaparipuṇṇaṃ ekantaparisuddhaṃ saṅkhalikhitaṃ
brahmacariyaṃ carituṃ. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā
anagāriyaṃ pabbajeyya’nti. So aparena samayena appaṃ vā bhogakkhandhaṃ pahāya, mahantaṃ vā
bhogakkhandhaṃ pahāya, appaṃ vā ñātiparivaṭṭaṃ pahāya, mahantaṃ vā ñātiparivaṭṭaṃ pahāya,
kesamassuṃ ohāretvā, kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajati.
11 . ‘‘So evaṃ pabbajito samāno bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāsājīvasamāpanno pāṇātipātaṃ pahāya
pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti nihitadaṇḍo nihitasattho, lajjī dayāpanno sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī viharati.
Adinnādānaṃ pahāya adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti dinnādāyī dinnapāṭikaṅkhī, athenena sucibhūtena attanā
viharati. Abrahmacariyaṃ pahāya brahmacārī hoti ārācārī virato methunā gāmadhammā. Musāvādaṃ
pahāya musāvādā paṭivirato hoti saccavādī saccasandho theto paccayiko avisaṃvādako lokassa.
Pisuṇaṃ vācaṃ pahāya pisuṇāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti, ito sutvā na amutra akkhātā imesaṃ bhedāya,
amutra vā sutvā na imesaṃ akkhātā amūsaṃ bhedāya – iti bhinnānaṃ vā sandhātā sahitānaṃ vā
anuppadātā samaggārāmo samaggarato samagganandī samaggakaraṇiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā hoti. Pharusaṃ
vācaṃ pahāya pharusāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti, yā sā vācā nelā kaṇṇasukhā pemanīyā hadayaṅgamā
porī bahujanakantā bahujanamanāpā tathārūpiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā hoti. Samphappalāpaṃ pahāya
samphappalāpā paṭivirato hoti kālavādī bhūtavādī atthavādī dhammavādī vinayavādī, nidhānavatiṃ
vācaṃ bhāsitā kālena sāpadesaṃ pariyantavatiṃ atthasaṃhitaṃ. So bījagāmabhūtagāmasamārambhā
paṭivirato hoti, ekabhattiko hoti rattūparato virato vikālabhojanā; naccagītavāditavisūkadassanā
paṭivirato hoti; mālāgandhavilepanadhāraṇamaṇḍanavibhūsanaṭṭhānā paṭivirato hoti;
uccāsayanamahāsayanā paṭivirato hoti; jātarūparajatapaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti;
āmakadhaññapaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti; āmakamaṃsapaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti;
itthikumārikapaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti; dāsidāsapaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti; ajeḷakapaṭiggahaṇā
paṭivirato hoti; kukkuṭasūkarapaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti; hatthigavassavaḷavapaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato
hoti; khettavatthupaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti; dūteyyapahiṇagamanānuyogā paṭivirato hoti; kayavikkayā
paṭivirato hoti; tulākūṭakaṃsakūṭamānakūṭā paṭivirato hoti; ukkoṭanavañcananikatisāciyogā
[sāviyogā
(syā. kaṃ. ka.) sāci kuṭilapariyāyo] paṭivirato hoti; chedanavadhabandhanaviparāmosaālopasahasākārā
paṭivirato hoti [passa ma. ni. 1.293 cūḷahatthipadopame] .
‘‘So santuṭṭho hoti kāyaparihārikena cīvarena kucchiparihārikena piṇḍapātena. So yena yeneva
pakkamati, samādāyeva pakkamati. Seyyathāpi nāma pakkhī sakuṇo yena yeneva ḍeti, sapattabhārova
ḍeti; evameva bhikkhu santuṭṭho hoti kāyaparihārikena cīvarena kucchiparihārikena piṇḍapātena. So
yena yeneva pakkamati, samādāyeva pakkamati. So iminā ariyena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato
ajjhattaṃ anavajjasukhaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti.
12 . ‘‘So cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī. Yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ
cakkhundriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ
tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati, rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ, cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. Sotena saddaṃ
sutvā…pe… ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā…pe… jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā…pe… kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ
phusitvā…pe… manasā dhammaṃ viññāya na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī.
Yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ manindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā
dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati, rakkhati manindriyaṃ, manindriye saṃvaraṃ
āpajjati. So iminā ariyena indriyasaṃvarena samannāgato ajjhattaṃ abyāsekasukhaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti.
‘‘ So abhikkante pa ṭikkante sampaj ānak ārī hoti, ālokite vilokite sampaj ānak ārī hoti, samiñjite
pas ārite sampaj ānak ārī hoti, sa ṅgh āṭ ipattac īvaradh āra ṇe sampaj ānak ārī hoti, asite p īte kh āyite s āyite
sampajānakārī hoti, uccārapassāvakamme sampajānakārī hoti, gate ṭhite nisinne sutte jāgarite bhāsite
tuṇhībhāve sampajānakārī hoti.
13 . ‘‘So iminā ca ariyena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato, (imāya ca ariyāya santuṭṭhiyā
samannāgato,) [passa ma. ni. 1.296 cūḷahatthipadopame] iminā ca ariyena indriyasaṃvarena
samannāgato, iminā ca ariyena satisampajaññena samannāgato vivittaṃ senāsanaṃ bhajati araññaṃ
rukkhamūlaṃ pabbataṃ kandaraṃ giriguhaṃ susānaṃ vanapatthaṃ abbhokāsaṃ palālapuñjaṃ. So
pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto nisīdati pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya parimukhaṃ
satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā. So abhijjhaṃ loke pahāya vigatābhijjhena cetasā viharati, abhijjhāya cittaṃ
parisodheti, byāpādapadosaṃ pahāya abyāpannacitto viharati sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī,
byāpādapadosā cittaṃ parisodheti; thīnamiddhaṃ pahāya vigatathīnamiddho viharati ālokasaññī sato
sampajāno, thīnamiddhā cittaṃ parisodheti; uddhaccakukkuccaṃ pahāya anuddhato viharati ajjhattaṃ
vūpasantacitto, uddhaccakukkuccā cittaṃ parisodheti; vicikicchaṃ pahāya tiṇṇavicikiccho viharati
akathaṃkathī kusalesu dhammesu, vicikicchāya cittaṃ parisodheti.
‘‘So ime pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe, vivicceva kāmehi
vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ
upasampajja viharati; vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvaṃ
avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ samādhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati; pītiyā ca virāgā
upekkhako ca viharati sato ca sampajāno sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṃvedeti, yaṃ taṃ ariyā ācikkhanti –
‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati; sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa
ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ
catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati.
14 . ‘‘So evaṃ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte
kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇāya cittaṃ abhininnāmeti. So anekavihitaṃ
pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati, seyyathidaṃ – ekampi jātiṃ dvepi jātiyo tissopi jātiyo catassopi jātiyo
pañcapi jātiyo dasapi jātiyo vīsampi jātiyo tiṃsampi jātiyo cattālīsampi jātiyo paññāsampi jātiyo
jātisatampi jātisahassampi jātisatasahassampi anekepi saṃvaṭṭakappe anekepi vivaṭṭakappe anekepi
saṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe – ‘amutrāsiṃ evaṃnāmo evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evamāhāro
evaṃsukhadukkhappaṭisaṃvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto amutra udapādiṃ; tatrāpāsiṃ
evaṃnāmo evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṃsukhadukkhappaṭisaṃvedī evamāyupariyanto, so
tato cuto idhūpapanno’ti. Iti sākāraṃ sauddesaṃ anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati.
15 . ‘‘So evaṃ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte
kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte sattānaṃ cutūpapātañāṇāya cittaṃ abhininnāmeti. So dibbena cakkhunā
visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe
sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti – ‘ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā
vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṃ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā
micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ
upapannā; ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā
manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṃ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te
kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapannā’ti. Iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena
atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate
duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti.
16 . ‘‘So evaṃ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte
kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte āsavānaṃ khayañāṇāya cittaṃ abhininnāmeti. So ‘idaṃ dukkha’nti
yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. ‘Ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. ‘Ayaṃ dukkhanirodho’ti
yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. ‘Ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. ‘Ime āsavā’ti
yath ābh ūta ṃ paj ānāti. ‘Aya ṃ ā savasamudayo ’ti yath ābh ūta ṃ paj ānāti. ‘Aya ṃ ā savanirodho ’ti
yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. ‘Ayaṃ āsavanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. Tassa evaṃ jānato
evaṃ passato kāmāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccati, bhavāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccati, avijjāsavāpi cittaṃ
vimuccati. Vimuttasmiṃ vimuttamiti ñāṇaṃ hoti. ‘Khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ
karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’ti pajānāti. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, puggalo nevattantapo
nāttaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto, na parantapo na paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto. So attantapo
aparantapo diṭṭheva dhamme nicchāto nibbuto sītībhūto sukhappaṭisaṃvedī brahmabhūtena attanā
viharatī’’ti.
Idamavoca bhagavā. Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandunti.
Kandarakasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ paṭhamaṃ.
2. Aṭṭhakanāgarasuttaṃ
17 . Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ āyasmā ānando vesāliyaṃ viharati beluvagāmake
[veḷuvagāmake (syā. kaṃ. ka.)] . Tena kho pana samayena dasamo gahapati aṭṭhakanāgaro pāṭaliputtaṃ
anuppatto hoti kenacideva karaṇīyena. Atha kho dasamo gahapati aṭṭhakanāgaro yena kukkuṭārāmo yena
aññataro bhikkhu tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.
Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho dasamo gahapati aṭṭhakanāgaro taṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kahaṃ nu kho,
bhante, āyasmā ānando etarahi viharati? Dassanakāmā hi mayaṃ taṃ āyasmantaṃ ānanda’’nti. ‘‘Eso,
gahapati, āyasmā ānando vesāliyaṃ viharati beluvagāmake’’ti. Atha kho dasamo gahapati aṭṭhakanāgaro
pāṭaliputte taṃ karaṇīyaṃ tīretvā yena vesālī yena beluvagāmako yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami;
upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.
18 . Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho dasamo gahapati aṭṭhakanāgaro āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca –
‘‘atthi nu kho, bhante ānanda, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena ekadhammo
akkhāto yattha bhikkhuno appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato avimuttañceva cittaṃ vimuccati,
aparikkhīṇā ca āsavā parikkhayaṃ gacchanti, ananuppattañca anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ anupāpuṇātī’’ti?
‘‘Atthi kho, gahapati, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena ekadhammo
akkhāto yattha bhikkhuno appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato avimuttañceva cittaṃ vimuccati,
aparikkhīṇā ca āsavā parikkhayaṃ gacchanti, ananuppattañca anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ anupāpuṇātī’’ti.
‘‘Katamo pana, bhante ānanda, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena
ekadhammo akkhāto yattha bhikkhuno appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato avimuttañceva cittaṃ
vimuccati, aparikkhīṇā ca āsavā parikkhayaṃ gacchanti, ananuppattañca anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ
anupāpuṇātī’’ti?
19 . ‘‘Idha, gahapati, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ
vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. So iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘idampi
paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ abhisaṅkhataṃ abhisañcetayitaṃ. Yaṃ kho pana kiñci abhisaṅkhataṃ
abhisañcetayitaṃ tadaniccaṃ nirodhadhamma’nti pajānāti. So tattha ṭhito āsavānaṃ khayaṃ pāpuṇāti.
No ce āsavānaṃ khayaṃ pāpuṇāti, teneva dhammarāgena tāya dhammanandiyā pañcannaṃ
orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātiko hoti tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā
lokā. Ayampi kho, gahapati, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena ekadhammo
akkhāto yattha bhikkhuno appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato avimuttañceva cittaṃ vimuccati,
aparikkhīṇā ca āsavā parikkhayaṃ gacchanti, ananuppattañca anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ anupāpuṇāti.
20 . ‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapati, bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ…
pe… dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. So iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘idampi kho dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ
abhisa ṅkhata ṃ abhisañcetayita ṃ … anuttara ṃ yogakkhema ṃ anup āpu ṇā ti.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapati, bhikkhu pītiyā ca virāgā…pe… tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. So
iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘idampi kho tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ abhisaṅkhataṃ abhisañcetayitaṃ…pe… anuttaraṃ
yogakkhemaṃ anupāpuṇāti.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapati, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā …pe… catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja
viharati. So iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘idampi kho catutthaṃ jhānaṃ abhisaṅkhataṃ abhisañcetayitaṃ…
anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ anupāpuṇāti.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapati, bhikkhu mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharati, tathā
dutiyaṃ, tathā tatiyaṃ, tathā catutthaṃ [catutthiṃ (sī. pī.)] . Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi
sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena
abyābajjhena [abyāpajjhena (sī. syā. pī.), abyāpajjena (ka.) aṅguttaratikanipātaṭīkā oloketabbā]pharitvā
viharati. So iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘ayampi kho mettācetovimutti abhisaṅkhatā abhisañcetayitā. Yaṃ kho
pana kiñci abhisaṅkhataṃ abhisañcetayitaṃ tadaniccaṃ nirodhadhamma’nti pajānāti. So tattha ṭhito…
pe… anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ anupāpuṇāti.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapati, bhikkhu karuṇāsahagatena cetasā…pe… muditāsahagatena cetasā…pe …
upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṃ, tathā tatiyaṃ, tathā catutthaṃ.
Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena
mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā viharati. So iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘ayampi kho
upekkhācetovimutti abhisaṅkhatā abhisañcetayitā. Yaṃ kho pana kiñci abhisaṅkhataṃ abhisañcetayitaṃ
tadaniccaṃ nirodhadhamma’ntntti pajānāti. So tattha ṭhito… anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ anupāpuṇāti.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapati, bhikkhu sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṃ
atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. So
iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘ayampi kho ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpatti abhisaṅkhatā abhisañcetayitā. Yaṃ kho
pana kiñci abhisaṅkhataṃ abhisañcetayitaṃ tadaniccaṃ nirodhadhamma’nti pajānāti. So tattha ṭhito…
pe… anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ anupāpuṇāti.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapati, bhikkhu sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘anantaṃ
viññāṇa’nti viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. So iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘ayampi kho
viññāṇañcāyatanasamāpatti abhisaṅkhatā abhisañcetayitā. Yaṃ kho pana kiñci abhisaṅkhataṃ
abhisañcetayitaṃ tadaniccaṃ nirodhadhamma’nti pajānāti. So tattha ṭhito…pe… anuttaraṃ
yogakkhemaṃ anupāpuṇāti.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapati, bhikkhu sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti
ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. So iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘ayampi kho ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpatti
abhisaṅkhatā abhisañcetayitā. Yaṃ kho pana kiñci abhisaṅkhataṃ abhisañcetayitaṃ tadaniccaṃ
nirodhadhamma’nti pajānāti. So tattha ṭhito āsavānaṃ khayaṃ pāpuṇāti. No ce āsavānaṃ khayaṃ
pāpuṇāti, teneva dhammarāgena tāya dhammanandiyā pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ
parikkhayā opapātiko hoti tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā. Ayampi kho, gahapati, tena
bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena ekadhammo akkhāto yattha bhikkhuno
appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato avimuttañceva cittaṃ vimuccati, aparikkhīṇā ca āsavā
parikkhayaṃ gacchanti, ananuppattañca anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ anupāpuṇātī’’ti.
21 . Evaṃ vutte, dasamo gahapati aṭṭhakanāgaro āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘seyyathāpi,
bhante ānanda, puriso ekaṃva nidhimukhaṃ gavesanto sakideva ekādasa nidhimukhāni adhigaccheyya;
evameva kho ahaṃ, bhante, ekaṃ amatadvāraṃ gavesanto sakideva
[sakiṃ deva (ka.)] ekādasa
amatadv ārāni alattha ṃ bh āvan āya. Seyyath āpi, bhante, purisassa ag āra ṃ ek ādasadv āra ṃ , so tasmi ṃ
ag āre āditte ekamekenapi dv ārena sakku ṇeyya att āna ṃ sotthi ṃ kātu ṃ ; evameva kho aha ṃ , bhante,
imesaṃ ekādasannaṃ amatadvārānaṃ ekamekenapi amatadvārena sakkuṇissāmi attānaṃ sotthiṃ kātuṃ.
Imehi nāma, bhante, aññatitthiyā ācariyassa ācariyadhanaṃ pariyesissanti, kimaṅgaṃ [kiṃ (sī. pī.)]
panāhaṃ āyasmato ānandassa pūjaṃ na karissāmī’’ti! Atha kho dasamo gahapati aṭṭhakanāgaro
pāṭaliputtakañca vesālikañca bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sannipātetvā paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā
santappesi sampavāresi, ekamekañca bhikkhuṃ paccekaṃ dussayugena acchādesi, āyasmantañca
ānandaṃ ticīvarena acchādesi, āyasmato ca ānandassa pañcasatavihāraṃ kārāpesīti.
Aṭṭhakanāgarasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dutiyaṃ.
3. Sekhasuttaṃ
22 . Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṃ nigrodhārāme.
Tena kho pana samayena kāpilavatthavānaṃ [kapilavatthuvāsīnaṃ (ka.)] sakyānaṃ navaṃ santhāgāraṃ
acirakāritaṃ hoti anajjhāvuṭṭhaṃ [anajjhāvutthaṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā
kenaci vā manussabhūtena. Atha kho kāpilavatthavā sakyā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu;
upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho kāpilavatthavā
sakyā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘idha, bhante, kāpilavatthavānaṃ sakyānaṃ navaṃ santhāgāraṃ
acirakāritaṃ
[acirakāritaṃ hoti (syā. kaṃ. ka.)] anajjhāvuṭṭhaṃ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā kenaci vā
manussabhūtena. Taṃ, bhante, bhagavā paṭhamaṃ paribhuñjatu. Bhagavatā paṭhamaṃ paribhuttaṃ
pacchā kāpilavatthavā sakyā paribhuñjissanti. Tadassa kāpilavatthavānaṃ sakyānaṃ dīgharattaṃ hitāya
sukhāyā’’ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho kāpilavatthavā sakyā bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ
viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā yena navaṃ santhāgāraṃ
tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā sabbasanthariṃ santhāgāraṃ
[sabbasanthariṃ santhataṃ (ka.)]
santharitvā āsanāni paññapetvā udakamaṇikaṃ upaṭṭhapetvā telappadīpaṃ āropetvā yena bhagavā
tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā
kho kāpilavatthavā sakyā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘sabbasanthariṃ santhataṃ, bhante, santhāgāraṃ,
āsanāni paññattāni, udakamaṇiko upaṭṭhāpito, telappadīpo āropito. Yassadāni, bhante, bhagavā kālaṃ
maññatī’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena yena
santhāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā pāde pakkhāletvā santhāgāraṃ pavisitvā majjhimaṃ
thambhaṃ nissāya puratthābhimukho nisīdi. Bhikkhusaṅghopi kho pāde pakkhāletvā santhāgāraṃ
pavisitvā pacchimaṃ bhittiṃ nissāya puratthābhimukho nisīdi, bhagavantaṃyeva purakkhatvā.
Kāpilavatthavāpi kho sakyā pāde pakkhāletvā santhāgāraṃ pavisitvā puratthimaṃ bhittiṃ nissāya
pacchimābhimukhā nisīdiṃsu, bhagavantaṃyeva purakkhatvā. Atha kho bhagavā kāpilavatthave sakye
bahudeva rattiṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā āyasmantaṃ
ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘paṭibhātu taṃ, ānanda, kāpilavatthavānaṃ sakyānaṃ sekho pāṭipado
[paṭipado
(syā. kaṃ. ka.)] . Piṭṭhi me āgilāyati; tamahaṃ āyamissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando
bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā catugguṇaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ paññāpetvā dakkhiṇena passena
sīhaseyyaṃ kappesi, pāde pādaṃ accādhāya, sato sampajāno, uṭṭhānasaññaṃ manasi karitvā.
23 . Atha kho āyasmā ānando mahānāmaṃ sakkaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘idha, mahānāma, ariyasāvako
sīlasampanno hoti, indriyesu guttadvāro hoti, bhojane mattaññū hoti, jāgariyaṃ anuyutto hoti, sattahi
saddhammehi samannāgato hoti, catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ ābhicetasikānaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ
nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī.
24 . ‘‘Kathañca, mahānāma, ariyasāvako sīlasampanno hoti? Idha, mahānāma, ariyasāvako sīlavā
hoti, pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī,
samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. Evaṃ kho, mahānāma, ariyasāvako sīlasampanno hoti.
‘‘Kathañca, mahānāma, ariyasāvako indriyesu guttadvāro hoti? Idha, mahānāma, ariyasāvako
cakkhun ā rūpa ṃ disv ā na nimittagg āhī hoti n ānubyañjanagg āhī. Yatv ādhikara ṇamena ṃ cakkhundriya ṃ
asa ṃ vuta ṃ viharanta ṃ abhijjh ādomanass ā pāpak ā akusal ā dhamm ā anv āssaveyyu ṃ tassa
saṃvarāya paṭipajjati, rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ, cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. Sotena saddaṃ
sutvā…pe… ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā…pe… jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā…pe… kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ
phusitvā…pe… manasā dhammaṃ viññāya na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī.
Yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ manindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā
dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati, rakkhati manindriyaṃ, manindriye saṃvaraṃ
āpajjati. Evaṃ kho, mahānāma, ariyasāvako indriyesu guttadvāro hoti.
‘‘Kathañca, mahānāma, ariyasāvako bhojane mattaññū hoti? Idha, mahānāma, ariyasāvako
paṭisaṅkhā yoniso āhāraṃ āhāreti – ‘neva davāya na madāya na maṇḍanāya na vibhūsanāya; yāvadeva
imassa kāyassa ṭhitiyā yāpanāya vihiṃsūparatiyā brahmacariyānuggahāya. Iti purāṇañca vedanaṃ
paṭihaṅkhāmi, navañca vedanaṃ na uppādessāmi, yātrā ca me bhavissati anavajjatā ca phāsuvihāro cā’ti.
Evaṃ kho, mahānāma, ariyasāvako bhojane mattaññū hoti.
‘‘Kathañca, mahānāma, ariyasāvako jāgariyaṃ anuyutto hoti? Idha, mahānāma, ariyasāvako
divasaṃ caṅkamena nisajjāya āvaraṇīyehi dhammehi cittaṃ parisodheti, rattiyā paṭhamaṃ yāmaṃ
caṅkamena nisajjāya āvaraṇīyehi dhammehi cittaṃ parisodheti, rattiyā majjhimaṃ yāmaṃ dakkhiṇena
passena sīhaseyyaṃ kappeti, pāde pādaṃ accādhāya, sato sampajāno, uṭṭhānasaññaṃ manasi karitvā,
rattiyā pacchimaṃ yāmaṃ paccuṭṭhāya caṅkamena nisajjāya āvaraṇīyehi dhammehi cittaṃ parisodheti.
Evaṃ kho, mahānāma, ariyasāvako jāgariyaṃ anuyutto hoti.
25 . ‘‘Kathañca, mahānāma, ariyasāvako sattahi saddhammehi samannāgato hoti? Idha, mahānāma,
ariyasāvako saddho hoti, saddahati tathāgatassa bodhiṃ – ‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho
vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho
bhagavā’ti. Hirimā hoti, hirīyati kāyaduccaritena vacīduccaritena manoduccaritena, hirīyati pāpakānaṃ
akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samāpattiyā. Ottappī hoti, ottappati kāyaduccaritena vacīduccaritena
manoduccaritena, ottappati pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samāpattiyā. Bahussuto hoti sutadharo
sutasannicayo. Ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthā sabyañjanā
kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ abhivadanti tathārūpāssa dhammā bahussutā
[bahū sutā
(?)] honti dhātā [dhatā (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] vacasā paricitā manasānupekkhitā diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā.
Āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya, kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ upasampadāya,
thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu. Satimā hoti, paramena satinepakkena
samannāgato, cirakatampi cirabhāsitampi saritā anussaritā. Paññavā hoti, udayatthagāminiyā paññāya
samannāgato, ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyā. Evaṃ kho, mahānāma, ariyasāvako
sattahi saddhammehi samannāgato hoti.
26 . ‘‘Kathañca, mahānāma, ariyasāvako catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ ābhicetasikānaṃ
diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī? Idha, mahānāma,
ariyasāvako vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi, savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ
pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati; vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ
sampasādanaṃ…pe… dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati; pītiyā ca virāgā…pe… tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ
upasampajja viharati; sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṃ
atthaṅgamā…pe… catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Evaṃ kho, mahānāma, ariyasāvako
catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ ābhicetasikānaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī
akasiralābhī.
27 . ‘‘Yato kho, mahānāma, ariyasāvako evaṃ sīlasampanno hoti, evaṃ indriyesu guttadvāro hoti,
evaṃ bhojane mattaññū hoti, evaṃ jāgariyaṃ anuyutto hoti, evaṃ sattahi saddhammehi samannāgato
hoti, evaṃ catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ ābhicetasikānaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī hoti
akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, ayaṃ vuccati, mahānāma, ariyasāvako sekho pāṭipado apuccaṇḍatāya
samāpanno, bhabbo abhinibbhidāya, bhabbo sambodhāya, bhabbo anuttarassa yogakkhemassa
adhigam āya. Seyyath āpi, mah ānāma, kukku ṭiy ā aṇḍā ni a ṭṭ ha v ā dasa v ā dv ādasa v ā tānāssu
kukkuṭiyā sammā adhisayitāni sammā pariseditāni sammā paribhāvitāni, kiñcāpi tassā kukkuṭiyā na
evaṃ icchā uppajjeyya – ‘aho vatime kukkuṭapotakā pādanakhasikhāya vā mukhatuṇḍakena vā
aṇḍakosaṃ padāletvā sotthinā abhinibbhijjeyyu’nti, atha kho bhabbāva te kukkuṭapotakā
pādanakhasikhāya vā mukhatuṇḍakena vā aṇḍakosaṃ padāletvā sotthinā abhinibbhijjituṃ. Evameva
kho, mahānāma, yato ariyasāvako evaṃ sīlasampanno hoti, evaṃ indriyesu guttadvāro hoti, evaṃ
bhojane mattaññū hoti, evaṃ jāgariyaṃ anuyutto hoti, evaṃ sattahi saddhammehi samannāgato hoti,
evaṃ catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ ābhicetasikānaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī hoti
akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, ayaṃ vuccati, mahānāma, ariyasāvako sekho pāṭipado apuccaṇḍatāya
samāpanno, bhabbo abhinibbhidāya, bhabbo sambodhāya, bhabbo anuttarassa yogakkhemassa
adhigamāya.
28 . ‘‘Sa kho so, mahānāma, ariyasāvako imaṃyeva anuttaraṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ āgamma
anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati, seyyathidaṃ – ekampi jātiṃ dvepi jātiyo…pe… iti sākāraṃ
sauddesaṃ anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati, ayamassa paṭhamābhinibbhidā hoti
kukkuṭacchāpakasseva aṇḍakosamhā.
‘‘Sa kho so, mahānāma, ariyasāvako imaṃye anuttaraṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ āgamma dibbena
cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe
dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate…pe… yathākammūpage satte pajānāti, ayamassa dutiyābhinibbhidā hoti
kukkuṭacchāpakasseva aṇḍakosamhā.
‘‘Sa kho so, mahānāma, ariyasāvako imaṃyeva anuttaraṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ āgamma
āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā
upasampajja viharati, ayamassa tatiyābhinibbhidā hoti kukkuṭacchāpakasseva aṇḍakosamhā.
29 . ‘‘Yampi
[yampi kho (ka.)] , mahānāma, ariyasāvako sīlasampanno hoti, idampissa hoti
caraṇasmiṃ; yampi, mahānāma, ariyasāvako indriyesu guttadvāro hoti, idampissa hoti caraṇasmiṃ;
yampi, mahānāma, ariyasāvako bhojane mattaññū hoti, idampissa hoti caraṇasmiṃ; yampi, mahānāma,
ariyasāvako jāgariyaṃ anuyutto hoti, idampissa hoti caraṇasmiṃ; yampi, mahānāma, ariyasāvako sattahi
saddhammehi samannāgato hoti, idampissa hoti caraṇasmiṃ; yampi, mahānāma, ariyasāvako catunnaṃ
jh ānānaṃ ābhicetasikānaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī,
idampissa hoti caraṇasmiṃ.
‘‘Yañca kho, mahānāma, ariyasāvako anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati, seyyathidaṃ –
ekampi jātiṃ dvepi jātiyo…pe… iti sākāraṃ sauddesaṃ anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati,
idampissa hoti vijjāya; yampi, mahānāma, ariyasāvako dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena
atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate
duggate…pe… yathākammūpage satte pajānāti, idampissa hoti vijjāya. Yampi, mahānāma, ariyasāvako
āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā
upasampajja viharati, idampissa hoti vijjāya.
‘‘Ayaṃ vuccati, mahānāma, ariyasāvako vijjāsampanno itipi caraṇasampanno itipi
vijjācaraṇasampanno itipi.
30 . ‘‘Brahmunāpesā, mahānāma, sanaṅkumārena gāthā bhāsitā –
‘Khattiyo seṭṭho janetasmiṃ, ye gottapaṭisārino;
Vijjācaraṇasampanno, so seṭṭho devamānuse’ti.
‘‘ Sā kho panes ā, mah ānāma, brahmun ā sana ṅkum ārena g āth ā sug ītā no dugg ītā, subh āsit ā no
dubbh āsit ā, atthasa ṃhit ā no anatthasa ṃhit ā, anumat ā bhagavat ā’’ ti.
Atha kho bhagavā uṭṭhahitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘sādhu sādhu, ānanda, sādhu kho
tvaṃ, ānanda, kāpilavatthavānaṃ sakyānaṃ sekhaṃ pāṭipadaṃ abhāsī’’ti.
Idamavocāyasmā ānando. Samanuñño satthā ahosi. Attamanā kāpilavatthavā sakyā āyasmato
ānandassa bhāsitaṃ abhinandunti.
Sekhasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ tatiyaṃ.
4. Potaliyasuttaṃ
31 . Evaṃ me sutaṃ –ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā aṅguttarāpesu viharati āpaṇaṃ nāma
aṅguttarāpānaṃ nigamo. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya āpaṇaṃ
piṇḍāya pāvisi. Āpaṇe piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yenaññataro vanasaṇḍo
tenupasaṅkami divāvihārāya. Taṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ ajjhogāhetvā [ajjhogahetvā (sī. syā. kaṃ.), ajjhogāhitvā
(pī. ka.)] aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle divāvihāraṃ nisīdi. Potaliyopi kho gahapati
sampannanivāsanapāvuraṇo [pāpuraṇo (sī. syā. kaṃ.)] chattupāhanāhi [chattupāhano (ka.)]
ja ṅghāvihāraṃ anucaṅkamamāno anuvicaramāno yena so vanasaṇḍo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā
taṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ ajjhogāhetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ
sammodi. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitaṃ kho
potaliyaṃ gahapatiṃ bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘saṃvijjanti kho, gahapati, āsanāni; sace ākaṅkhasi
nisīdā’’ti. Evaṃ vutte, potaliyo gahapati ‘‘gahapativādena maṃ samaṇo gotamo samudācaratī’’ti kupito
anattamano tuṇhī ahosi. Dutiyampi kho bhagavā…pe… tatiyampi kho bhagavā potaliyaṃ gahapatiṃ
etadavoca – ‘‘saṃvijjanti kho, gahapati, āsanāni; sace ākaṅkhasi nisīdā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ vutte, potaliyo
gahapati gahapativādena maṃ samaṇo gotamo samudācaratī’’ti kupito anattamano bhagavantaṃ
etadavoca – ‘‘tayidaṃ, bho gotama, nacchannaṃ, tayidaṃ nappatirūpaṃ, yaṃ maṃ tvaṃ
gahapativādena samudācarasī’’ti. ‘‘Te hi te, gahapati, ākārā, te liṅgā, te nimittā yathā taṃ
gahapatissā’’ti. ‘‘Tathā hi pana me, bho gotama, sabbe kammantā paṭikkhittā, sabbe vohārā
samucchinnā’’ti. ‘‘Yathā kathaṃ pana te, gahapati, sabbe kammantā paṭikkhittā, sabbe vohārā
samucchinnā’’ti? ‘‘Idha me, bho gotama, yaṃ ahosi dhanaṃ vā dhaññaṃ vā rajataṃ vā jātarūpaṃ vā
sabbaṃ taṃ puttānaṃ dāyajjaṃ niyyātaṃ, tatthāhaṃ anovādī anupavādī ghāsacchādanaparamo
viharāmi. Evaṃ kho me
[evañca me (syā.), evaṃ me (ka.)] , bho gotama, sabbe kammantā paṭikkhittā,
sabbe vohārā samucchinnā’’ti. ‘‘Aññathā kho tvaṃ, gahapati, vohārasamucchedaṃ vadasi, aññathā ca
pana ariyassa vinaye vohārasamucchedo hotī’’ti. ‘‘Yathā kathaṃ pana, bhante, ariyassa vinaye
vohārasamucchedo hoti? Sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā tathā dhammaṃ desetu yathā ariyassa vinaye
vohārasamucchedo hotī’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi, gahapati, suṇāhi, sādhukaṃ manasi karohi, bhāsissāmī’’ti.
‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho potaliyo gahapati bhagavato paccassosi.
32 . Bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘aṭṭha kho ime, gahapati, dhammā ariyassa vinaye vohārasamucchedāya
saṃvattanti. Katame aṭṭha? Apāṇātipātaṃ nissāya pāṇātipāto pahātabbo; dinnādānaṃ nissāya
adinnādānaṃ pahātabbaṃ; saccavācaṃ [saccaṃ vācaṃ (syā.)] nissāya musāvādo pahātabbo; apisuṇaṃ
vācaṃ nissāya pisuṇā vācā pahātabbā; agiddhilobhaṃ nissāya giddhilobho pahātabbo; anindārosaṃ
nissāya nindāroso pahātabbo; akkodhūpāyāsaṃ nissāya kodhūpāyāso pahātabbo; anatimānaṃ nissāya
atimāno pahātabbo. Ime kho, gahapati, aṭṭha dhammā saṃkhittena vuttā, vitthārena avibhattā, ariyassa
vinaye vohārasamucchedāya saṃvattantī’’ti. ‘‘Ye me [ye me pana (syā. ka.)] , bhante, bhagavatā aṭṭha
dhammā saṃkhittena vuttā, vitthārena avibhattā, ariyassa vinaye vohārasamucchedāya saṃvattanti,
sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā ime aṭṭha dhamme vitthārena [vitthāretvā (ka.)] vibhajatu anukampaṃ
upādāyā’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi, gahapati, suṇāhi, sādhukaṃ manasi karohi, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho
potaliyo gahapati bhagavato paccassosi. Bhagavā etadavoca –
33 . ‘‘‘ Ap āṇā tip āta ṃ niss āya p āṇā tip āto pah ātabbo ’ti iti kho paneta ṃ vutta ṃ kiñceta ṃ pa ṭicca
vuttaṃ? Idha, gahapati, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘yesaṃ kho ahaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ hetu
pāṇātipātī assaṃ, tesāhaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ pahānāya samucchedāya paṭipanno. Ahañceva [ahañce (?)]
kho pana pāṇātipātī assaṃ, attāpi maṃ upavadeyya pāṇātipātapaccayā, anuviccāpi maṃ viññū [anuvicca
viññū (sī. syā. pī.)] garaheyyuṃ pāṇātipātapaccayā, kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā duggati pāṭikaṅkhā
pāṇātipātapaccayā. Etadeva kho pana saṃyojanaṃ etaṃ nīvaraṇaṃ yadidaṃ pāṇātipāto. Ye ca
pāṇātipātapaccayā uppajjeyyuṃ āsavā vighātapariḷāhā, pāṇātipātā paṭiviratassa evaṃsa te āsavā
vighātapariḷāhā na honti’. ‘Apāṇātipātaṃ nissāya pāṇātipāto pahātabbo’ti –iti yantaṃ vuttaṃ idametaṃ
paṭicca vuttaṃ.
34 . ‘‘‘Dinnādānaṃ nissāya adinnādānaṃ pahātabba’nti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ, kiñcetaṃ paṭicca
vuttaṃ? Idha, gahapati, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘yesaṃ kho ahaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ hetu
adinnādāyī assaṃ, tesāhaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ pahānāya samucchedāya paṭipanno. Ahañceva kho pana
adinnādāyī assaṃ, attāpi maṃ upavadeyya adinnādānapaccayā, anuviccāpi maṃ viññū garaheyyuṃ
adinnādānapaccayā, kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā duggati pāṭikaṅkhā adinnādānapaccayā. Etadeva kho
pana saṃyojanaṃ etaṃ nīvaraṇaṃ yadidaṃ adinnādānaṃ. Ye ca adinnādānapaccayā uppajjeyyuṃ āsavā
vighātapariḷāhā adinnādānā paṭiviratassa evaṃsa te āsavā vighātapariḷāhā na honti’. ‘Dinnādānaṃ
nissāya adinnādānaṃ pahātabba’nti –iti yantaṃ vuttaṃ idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ.
35 . ‘‘‘Saccavācaṃ nissāya musāvādo pahātabbo’ti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ kiñcetaṃ paṭicca
vuttaṃ? Idha, gahapati, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘yesaṃ kho ahaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ hetu
musāvādī assaṃ, tesāhaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ pahānāya samucchedāya paṭipanno. Ahañceva kho pana
musāvādī assaṃ, attāpi maṃ upavadeyya musāvādapaccayā, anuviccāpi maṃ viññū garaheyyuṃ
musāvādapaccayā, kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā duggati pāṭikaṅkhā musāvādapaccayā. Etadeva kho
pana saṃyojanaṃ etaṃ nīvaraṇaṃ yadidaṃ musāvādo. Ye ca musāvādapaccayā uppajjeyyuṃ āsavā
vighātapariḷāhā, musāvādā paṭiviratassa evaṃsa te āsavā vighātapariḷāhā na honti’. ‘Saccavācaṃ nissāya
musāvādo pahātabbo’ti –iti yantaṃ vuttaṃ idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ.
36 . ‘‘‘Apisuṇaṃ vācaṃ nissāya pisuṇā vācā pahātabbā’ti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ kiñcetaṃ paṭicca
vuttaṃ? Idha, gahapati, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘yesaṃ kho ahaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ hetu
pisuṇavāco assaṃ, tesāhaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ pahānāya samucchedāya paṭipanno. Ahañceva kho pana
pisuṇavāco assaṃ, attāpi maṃ upavadeyya pisuṇavācāpaccayā, anuviccāpi maṃ viññū garaheyyuṃ
pisuṇavācāpaccayā, kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā duggati pāṭikaṅkhā pisuṇavācāpaccayā. Etadeva kho
pana saṃyojanaṃ etaṃ nīvaraṇaṃ yadidaṃ pisuṇā vācā. Ye ca pisuṇavācāpaccayā uppajjeyyuṃ āsavā
vighātapariḷāhā, pisuṇāya vācāya paṭiviratassa evaṃsa te āsavā vighātapariḷāhā na honti’. ‘Apisuṇaṃ
vācaṃ nissāya pisuṇā vācā pahātabbā’ti –iti yantaṃ vuttaṃ idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ.
37 . ‘‘‘Agiddhilobhaṃ nissāya giddhilobho pahātabbo’ti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ, kiñcetaṃ paṭicca
vuttaṃ? Idha, gahapati, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘yesaṃ kho ahaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ hetu
giddhilobhī assaṃ, tesāhaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ pahānāya samucchedāya paṭipanno. Ahañceva kho pana
giddhilobhī assaṃ, attāpi maṃ upavadeyya giddhilobhapaccayā, anuviccāpi maṃ viññū garaheyyuṃ
giddhilobhapaccayā, kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā duggati pāṭikaṅkhā giddhilobhapaccayā. Etadeva kho
pana saṃyojanaṃ etaṃ nīvaraṇaṃ yadidaṃ giddhilobho. Ye ca giddhilobhapaccayā uppajjeyyuṃ āsavā
vighātapariḷāhā, giddhilobhā paṭiviratassa evaṃsa te āsavā vighātapariḷāhā na honti’. ‘Agiddhilobhaṃ
nissāya giddhilobho pahātabbo’ti –iti yantaṃ vuttaṃ idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ.
38 . ‘‘‘Anindārosaṃ nissāya nindāroso pahātabbo’ti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ, kiñcetaṃ paṭicca
vuttaṃ? Idha, gahapati, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘yesaṃ kho ahaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ hetu
nindārosī assaṃ, tesāhaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ pahānāya samucchedāya paṭipanno. Ahañceva kho pana
nindārosī assaṃ, attāpi maṃ upavadeyya nindārosapaccayā, anuviccāpi maṃ viññū garaheyyuṃ
nind ārosapaccay ā, kāyassa bhed ā para ṃ mara ṇā duggati p āṭ ika ṅkh ā nind ārosapaccay ā. Etadeva kho
pana sa ṃyojana ṃ eta ṃ nīvara ṇaṃ yadida ṃ nind āroso. Ye ca nind ārosapaccay ā uppajjeyyu ṃ ā sav ā
vighātapariḷāhā, anindārosissa evaṃsa te āsavā vighātapariḷāhā na honti’. ‘Anindārosaṃ nissāya
nindāroso pahātabbo’ti –iti yantaṃ vuttaṃ idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ.
39 . ‘‘‘Akkodhūpāyāsaṃ nissāya kodhūpāyāso pahātabbo’ti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ, kiñcetaṃ
paṭicca vuttaṃ? Idha, gahapati, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘yesaṃ kho ahaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ hetu
kodhūpāyāsī assaṃ, tesāhaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ pahānāya samucchedāya paṭipanno. Ahañceva kho pana
kodhūpāyāsī assaṃ, attāpi maṃ upavadeyya kodhūpāyāsapaccayā, anuviccāpi maṃ viññū garaheyyuṃ
kodhūpāyāsapaccayā, kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā duggati pāṭikaṅkhā kodhūpāyāsapaccayā. Etadeva
kho pana saṃyojanaṃ etaṃ nīvaraṇaṃ yadidaṃ kodhūpāyāso. Ye ca kodhūpāyāsapaccayā uppajjeyyuṃ
āsavā vighātapariḷāhā, akkodhūpāyāsissa evaṃsa te āsavā vighātapariḷāhā na honti’. ‘Akkodhūpāyāsaṃ
nissāya kodhūpāyāso pahātabbo’ti –iti yantaṃ vuttaṃ idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ.
40 . ‘‘‘Anatimānaṃ nissāya atimāno pahātabbo’ti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ, kiñcetaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ?
Idha, gahapati, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘yesaṃ kho ahaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ hetu atimānī assaṃ,
tesāhaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ pahānāya samucchedāya paṭipanno. Ahañceva kho pana atimānī assaṃ, attāpi
maṃ upavadeyya atimānapaccayā, anuviccāpi maṃ viññū garaheyyuṃ atimānapaccayā, kāyassa bhedā
paraṃ maraṇā duggati pāṭikaṅkhā atimānapaccayā. Etadeva kho pana saṃyojanaṃ etaṃ nīvaraṇaṃ
yadidaṃ atimāno. Ye ca atimānapaccayā uppajjeyyuṃ āsavā vighātapariḷāhā, anatimānissa evaṃsa te
āsavā vighātapariḷāhā na honti’. ‘Anatimānaṃ nissāya atimāno pahātabbo’ti –iti yantaṃ vuttaṃ
idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ.
41 . ‘‘Ime kho, gahapati, aṭṭha dhammā saṃkhittena vuttā, vitthārena vibhattā [avibhattā (syā. ka.)] ,
ye ariyassa vinaye vohārasamucchedāya saṃvattanti; na tveva tāva ariyassa vinaye sabbena sabbaṃ
sabbathā sabbaṃ vohārasamucchedo hotī’’ti.
‘‘Yathā kathaṃ pana, bhante, ariyassa vinaye sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ vohārasamucchedo
hoti? Sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā tathā dhammaṃ desetu yathā ariyassa vinaye sabbena sabbaṃ
sabbathā sabbaṃ vohārasamucchedo hotī’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi, gahapati, suṇāhi, sādhukaṃ manasi karohi,
bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho potaliyo gahapati bhagavato paccassosi. Bhagavā etadavoca –
Kāmādīnavakathā
42 . ‘‘Seyyathāpi, gahapati, kukkuro jighacchādubbalyapareto goghātakasūnaṃ paccupaṭṭhito assa.
Tamenaṃ dakkho goghātako vā goghātakantevāsī vā aṭṭhikaṅkalaṃ sunikkantaṃ nikkantaṃ
nimmaṃsaṃ lohitamakkhitaṃ upasumbheyya
[upacchubheyya (sī. pī.), upacchūbheyya (syā. kaṃ.),
upaccumbheyya (ka.)] . Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, gahapati, api nu kho so kukkuro amuṃ aṭṭhikaṅkalaṃ
sunikkantaṃ nikkantaṃ nimmaṃsaṃ lohitamakkhitaṃ palehanto jighacchādubbalyaṃ paṭivineyyā’’ti?
‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’.
‘‘Taṃ kissa hetu’’?
‘‘Aduñhi, bhante, aṭṭhikaṅkalaṃ sunikkantaṃ nikkantaṃ nimmaṃsaṃ lohitamakkhitaṃ. Yāvadeva
pana so kukkuro kilamathassa vighātassa bhāgī assāti. Evameva kho, gahapati, ariyasāvako iti
paṭisañcikkhati – ‘aṭṭhikaṅkalūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā
[bahūpāyāsā (sī.
syā. kaṃ. pī.)] , ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo’ti. Evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā yāyaṃ upekkhā
nānattā nānattasitā taṃ abhinivajjetvā, yāyaṃ upekkhā ekattā ekattasitā yattha sabbaso lokāmisūpādānā
aparisesā nirujjhanti tamevūpekkhaṃ bhāveti.
43 . ‘‘ Seyyath āpi, gahapati, gijjho v ā ka ṅko v ā kulalo v ā ma ṃsapesi ṃ ādāya u ḍḍī yeyya [u ḍḍ ayeyya
(sy ā. pī.)] . Tamena ṃ gijjh āpi ka ṅkāpi kulal āpi anupatitv ā anupatitv ā vitaccheyyu ṃ vissajjeyyu ṃ
[virājeyyuṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] . Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, gahapati, sace so gijjho vā kaṅko vā kulalo vā taṃ
maṃsapesiṃ na khippameva paṭinissajjeyya, so tatonidānaṃ maraṇaṃ vā nigaccheyya maraṇamattaṃ
vā dukkha’’nti?
‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’.
‘‘Evameva kho, gahapati, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘maṃsapesūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā
bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo’ti. Evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā yāyaṃ
upekkhā nānattā nānattasitā taṃ abhinivajjetvā yāyaṃ upekkhā ekattā ekattasitā yattha sabbaso
lokāmisūpādānā aparisesā nirujjhanti tamevūpekkhaṃ bhāveti.
44 . ‘‘Seyyathāpi, gahapati, puriso ādittaṃ tiṇukkaṃ ādāya paṭivātaṃ gaccheyya. Taṃ kiṃ maññasi,
gahapati, sace so puriso taṃ ādittaṃ tiṇukkaṃ na khippameva paṭinissajjeyya tassa sā ādittā tiṇukkā
hatthaṃ vā daheyya bāhuṃ vā daheyya aññataraṃ vā aññataraṃ vā aṅgapaccaṅgaṃ
[daheyya.
aññataraṃ vā aṅgapaccaṅga (sī. pī.)] daheyya, so tatonidānaṃ maraṇaṃ vā nigaccheyya maraṇamattaṃ
vā dukkha’’nti?
‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’.
‘‘Evameva kho, gahapati, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘tiṇukkūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā
bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo’ti. Evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā…pe…
tamevūpekkhaṃ bhāveti.
45 . ‘‘Seyyathāpi, gahapati, aṅgārakāsu sādhikaporisā, pūrā aṅgārānaṃ vītaccikānaṃ
vītadhūmānaṃ. Atha puriso āgaccheyya jīvitukāmo amaritukāmo sukhakāmo dukkhappaṭikkūlo.
Tamenaṃ dve balavanto purisā nānābāhāsu gahetvā aṅgārakāsuṃ upakaḍḍheyyuṃ. Taṃ kiṃ maññasi,
gahapati, api nu so puriso iticiticeva kāyaṃ sannāmeyyā’’ti?
‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’.
‘‘Taṃ kissa hetu’’?
‘‘Viditañhi, bhante, tassa purisassa imañcāhaṃ aṅgārakāsuṃ papatissāmi, tatonidānaṃ maraṇaṃ vā
nigacchissāmi maraṇamattaṃ vā dukkha’’nti. ‘‘Evameva kho, gahapati, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati –
‘aṅgārakāsūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo’ti. Evametaṃ
yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā…pe… tamevūpekkhaṃ bhāveti.
46 . ‘‘Seyyathāpi, gahapati, puriso supinakaṃ passeyya ārāmarāmaṇeyyakaṃ vanarāmaṇeyyakaṃ
bhūmirāmaṇeyyakaṃ pokkharaṇirāmaṇeyyakaṃ. So paṭibuddho na kiñci paṭipasseyya
[passeyya (sī.
syā. kaṃ. pī.)] . Evameva kho, gahapati, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘supinakūpamā kāmā vuttā
bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo’ti…pe… tamevūpekkhaṃ bhāveti.
47 . ‘‘Seyyathāpi, gahapati, puriso yācitakaṃ bhogaṃ yācitvā yānaṃ vā [yānaṃ (syā. kaṃ. pī.)]
poriseyyaṃ [poroseyyaṃ (sī. pī. ka.), oropeyya (syā. kaṃ.)] pavaramaṇikuṇḍalaṃ. So tehi yācitakehi
bhogehi purakkhato parivuto antarāpaṇaṃ paṭipajjeyya. Tamenaṃ jano disvā evaṃ vadeyya –‘bhogī
vata, bho, puriso, evaṃ kira bhogino bhogāni bhuñjantī’ti. Tamenaṃ sāmikā yattha yattheva passeyyuṃ
tattha tattheva sāni hareyyuṃ. Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, gahapati, alaṃ nu kho tassa purisassa aññathattāyā’’ti?
‘‘ Eva ṃ, bhante ’’ .
‘‘ Ta ṃ kissa hetu ’’ ?
‘‘Sāmino hi, bhante, sāni harantī’’ti. ‘‘Evameva kho, gahapati, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati –
‘yācitakūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo’ti…pe…
tamevūpekkhaṃ bhāveti.
48 . ‘‘Seyyathāpi, gahapati, gāmassa vā nigamassa vā avidūre tibbo vanasaṇḍo. Tatrassa rukkho
sampannaphalo ca upapannaphalo
[uppannaphalo (syā.)] ca, na cassu kānici phalāni bhūmiyaṃ patitāni.
Atha puriso āgaccheyya phalatthiko phalagavesī phalapariyesanaṃ caramāno. So taṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ
ajjhogāhetvā taṃ rukkhaṃ passeyya sampannaphalañca upapannaphalañca. Tassa evamassa – ‘ayaṃ
kho rukkho sampannaphalo ca upapannaphalo ca, natthi ca kānici phalāni bhūmiyaṃ patitāni. Jānāmi
kho panāhaṃ rukkhaṃ ārohituṃ
[āruhituṃ (sī.)] . Yaṃnūnāhaṃ imaṃ rukkhaṃ ārohitvā yāvadatthañca
khādeyyaṃ ucchaṅgañca pūreyya’nti. So taṃ rukkhaṃ ārohitvā yāvadatthañca khādeyya ucchaṅgañca
pūreyya. Atha dutiyo puriso āgaccheyya phalatthiko phalagavesī phalapariyesanaṃ caramāno tiṇhaṃ
kuṭhāriṃ [kudhāriṃ (syā. kaṃ. ka.)] ādāya. So taṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ ajjhogāhetvā taṃ rukkhaṃ passeyya
sampannaphalañca upapannaphalañca. Tassa evamassa – ‘ayaṃ kho rukkho sampannaphalo ca
upapannaphalo ca, natthi ca kānici phalāni bhūmiyaṃ patitāni. Na kho panāhaṃ jānāmi rukkhaṃ
ārohituṃ. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ imaṃ rukkhaṃ mūlato chetvā yāvadatthañca khādeyyaṃ ucchaṅgañca
pūreyya’nti. So taṃ rukkhaṃ mūlatova chindeyya. Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, gahapati, amuko
[asu (sī. pī.)] yo
so puriso paṭhamaṃ rukkhaṃ ārūḷho sace so na khippameva oroheyya tassa so rukkho papatanto
hatthaṃ vā bhañjeyya pādaṃ vā bhañjeyya aññataraṃ vā aññataraṃ vā aṅgapaccaṅgaṃ bhañjeyya, so
tatonidānaṃ maraṇaṃ vā nigaccheyya maraṇamattaṃ vā dukkha’’nti?
‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’.
‘‘Evameva kho, gahapati, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘rukkhaphalūpamā kāmā vuttā
bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo’ti. Evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya
disvā yāyaṃ upekkhā nānattā nānattasitā taṃ abhinivajjetvā yāyaṃ upekkhā ekattā ekattasitā yattha
sabbaso lokāmisūpādānā aparisesā nirujjhanti tamevūpekkhaṃ bhāveti.
49 . ‘‘Sa kho so, gahapati, ariyasāvako imaṃyeva anuttaraṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ āgamma
anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati, seyyathidaṃ –ekampi jātiṃ dvepi jātiyo…pe… iti sākāraṃ
sauddesaṃ anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati.
‘‘Sa kho so, gahapati, ariyasāvako imaṃyeva anuttaraṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ āgamma dibbena
cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe
dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate…pe… yathākammūpage satte pajānāti.
‘‘Sa kho so, gahapati, ariyasāvako imaṃyeva anuttaraṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ āgamma
āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā
upasampajja viharati. Ettāvatā kho, gahapati, ariyassa vinaye sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ
vohārasamucchedo hoti.
50 . ‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, gahapati, yathā ariyassa vinaye sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ
vohārasamucchedo hoti, api nu tvaṃ evarūpaṃ vohārasamucchedaṃ attani samanupassasī’’ti? ‘‘Ko
cāhaṃ, bhante, ko ca ariyassa vinaye sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ vohārasamucchedo! Ārakā
ahaṃ, bhante, ariyassa vinaye sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ vohārasamucchedā. Mayañhi, bhante,
pubbe aññatitthiye paribbājake anājānīyeva samāne ājānīyāti amaññimha, anājānīyeva samāne
ājānīyabhojanaṃ bhojimha, anājānīyeva samāne ājānīyaṭhāne ṭhapimha; bhikkhū pana mayaṃ, bhante,
ājānīyeva samāne anājānīyāti amaññimha, ājānīyeva samāne anājānīyabhojanaṃ bhojimha, ājānīyeva
samāne anājānīyaṭhāne ṭhapimha; idāni pana mayaṃ, bhante, aññatitthiye paribbājake anājānīyeva
sam āne an ājānīyāti j āniss āma, an ājānīyeva sam āne an ājānīyabhojana ṃ bhojess āma, an ājānīyeva
samāne anājānīyaṭhāne ṭhapessāma. Bhikkhū pana mayaṃ, bhante, ājānīyeva samāne ājānīyāti
jānissāma ājānīyeva samāne ājānīyabhojanaṃ bhojessāma, ājānīyeva samāne ājānīyaṭhāne ṭhapessāma.
Ajanesi vata me, bhante, bhagavā samaṇesu samaṇappemaṃ, samaṇesu samaṇappasādaṃ, samaṇesu
samaṇagāravaṃ. Abhikkantaṃ, bhante, abhikkantaṃ, bhante! Seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṃ vā
ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ
dhāreyya, cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantīti; evamevaṃ kho, bhante, bhagavatā anekapariyāyena
dhammo pakāsito. Esāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca.
Upāsakaṃ maṃ bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gata’’nti.
Potaliyasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ catutthaṃ.
5. Jīvakasuttaṃ
51 . Evaṃ me sutaṃ –ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharati jīvakassa komārabhaccassa
ambavane. Atha kho jīvako komārabhacco yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ
abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho jīvako komārabhacco bhagavantaṃ etadavoca –
‘‘sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante – ‘samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ uddissa pāṇaṃ ārabhanti
[ārambhanti (ka.)] , taṃ samaṇo
gotamo jānaṃ uddissakataṃ [uddissakaṭaṃ (sī. pī.)] maṃsaṃ paribhuñjati paṭiccakamma’nti. Ye te,
bhante, evamāhaṃsu – ‘samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ uddissa pāṇaṃ ārabhanti, taṃ samaṇo gotamo jānaṃ
uddissakataṃ maṃsaṃ paribhuñjati paṭiccakamma’nti, kacci te, bhante, bhagavato vuttavādino, na ca
bhagavantaṃ abhūtena abbhācikkhanti, dhammassa cānudhammaṃ byākaronti, na ca koci
sahadhammiko vādānuvādo gārayhaṃ ṭhānaṃ āgacchatī’’ti?
52 . ‘‘Ye te, jīvaka, evamāhaṃsu – ‘samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ uddissa pāṇaṃ ārabhanti, taṃ samaṇo
gotamo jānaṃ uddissakataṃ maṃsaṃ paribhuñjati paṭiccakamma’nti na me te vuttavādino,
abbhācikkhanti ca maṃ te asatā abhūtena. Tīhi kho ahaṃ, jīvaka, ṭhānehi maṃsaṃ aparibhoganti
vadāmi. Diṭṭhaṃ, sutaṃ, parisaṅkitaṃ –imehi kho ahaṃ, jīvaka, tīhi ṭhānehi maṃsaṃ aparibhoganti
vadāmi. Tīhi kho ahaṃ, jīvaka, ṭhānehi maṃsaṃ paribhoganti vadāmi. Adiṭṭhaṃ, asutaṃ, aparisaṅkitaṃ
–imehi kho ahaṃ, jīvaka, tīhi ṭhānehi maṃsaṃ paribhoganti vadāmi.
53 . ‘‘Idha, jīvaka, bhikkhu aññataraṃ gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā upanissāya viharati. So
mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṃ, tathā tatiyaṃ, tathā catutthaṃ. Iti
uddhamadho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena
mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā viharati. Tamenaṃ gahapati vā gahapatiputto
vā upasaṅkamitvā svātanāya bhattena nimanteti. Ākaṅkhamānova [ākaṅkhamāno (syā. kaṃ.)] , jīvaka,
bhikkhu adhivāseti. So tassā rattiyā accayena pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena
tassa gahapatissa vā gahapatiputtassa vā nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkamati; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane
nisīdati. Tamenaṃ so gahapati vā gahapatiputto vā paṇītena piṇḍapātena parivisati. Tassa na evaṃ hoti –
‘sādhu vata māyaṃ [maṃ + ayaṃ = māyaṃ]gahapati vā gahapatiputto vā paṇītena piṇḍapātena
pariviseyyāti! Aho vata māyaṃ gahapati vā gahapatiputto vā āyatimpi evarūpena paṇītena piṇḍapātena
pariviseyyā’ti –evampissa na hoti. So taṃ piṇḍapātaṃ agathito [agadhito (syā. kaṃ. ka.)] amucchito
anajjhopanno [anajjhāpanno (syā. kaṃ. ka.)] ādīnavadassāvī nissaraṇapañño paribhuñjati. Taṃ kiṃ
maññasi, jīvaka, api nu so bhikkhu tasmiṃ samaye attabyābādhāya vā ceteti, parabyābādhāya vā ceteti,
ubhayabyābādhāya vā cetetī’’ti?
‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’.
‘‘Nanu so, jīvaka, bhikkhu tasmiṃ samaye anavajjaṃyeva āhāraṃ āhāretī’’ti?
‘‘ Eva ṃ, bhante. Suta ṃ meta ṃ, bhante – ‘ brahm ā mett āvih ārī’ti. Ta ṃ me ida ṃ, bhante, bhagav ā
sakkhidi ṭṭ ho; bhagav ā hi, bhante, mett āvih ārī’’ ti. ‘‘ Yena kho, j īvaka, r āgena yena dosena yena
mohena byāpādavā assa so rāgo so doso so moho tathāgatassa pahīno ucchinnamūlo tālāvatthukato
anabhāvaṃkato
[anabhāvakato (sī. pī.), anabhāvaṃgato (syā. kaṃ.)] āyatiṃ anuppādadhammo. Sace kho
te, jīvaka, idaṃ sandhāya bhāsitaṃ anujānāmi te eta’’nti. ‘‘Etadeva kho pana me, bhante, sandhāya
bhāsitaṃ’’ [bhāsitanti (syā.)] .
54 . ‘‘Idha, jīvaka, bhikkhu aññataraṃ gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā upanissāya viharati. So
karuṇāsahagatena cetasā…pe… muditāsahagatena cetasā…pe… upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ
pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṃ, tathā tatiyaṃ, tathā catutthaṃ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi
sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena
abyābajjhena pharitvā viharati. Tamenaṃ gahapati vā gahapatiputto vā upasaṅkamitvā svātanāya
bhattena nimanteti. Ākaṅkhamānova, jīvaka, bhikkhu adhivāseti. So tassā rattiyā accayena
pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena gahapatissa vā gahapatiputtassa vā nivesanaṃ
tenupasaṅkamati; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdati. Tamenaṃ so gahapati vā gahapatiputto vā
paṇītena piṇḍapātena parivisati. Tassa na evaṃ hoti – ‘sādhu vata māyaṃ gahapati vā gahapatiputto vā
paṇītena piṇḍapātena pariviseyyāti! Aho vata māyaṃ gahapati vā gahapatiputto vā āyatimpi evarūpena
paṇītena piṇḍapātena pariviseyyā’ti –evampissa na hoti. So taṃ piṇḍapātaṃ agathito amucchito
anajjhopanno ādīnavadassāvī nissaraṇapañño paribhuñjati. Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, jīvaka, api nu so bhikkhu
tasmiṃ samaye attabyābādhāya vā ceteti, parabyābādhāya vā ceteti, ubhayabyābādhāya vā cetetī’’ti?
‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’.
‘‘Nanu so, jīvaka, bhikkhu tasmiṃ samaye anavajjaṃyeva āhāraṃ āhāretī’’ti?
‘‘Evaṃ, bhante. Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante – ‘brahmā upekkhāvihārī’ti. Taṃ me idaṃ, bhante, bhagavā
sakkhidiṭṭho; bhagavā hi, bhante, upekkhāvihārī’’ti. ‘‘Yena kho, jīvaka, rāgena yena dosena yena
mohena vihesavā assa arativā assa paṭighavā assa so rāgo so doso so moho tathāgatassa pahīno
ucchinnamūlo tālāvatthukato anabhāvaṃkato āyatiṃ anuppādadhammo. Sace kho te, jīvaka, idaṃ
sandhāya bhāsitaṃ, anujānāmi te eta’’nti. ‘‘Etadeva kho pana me, bhante, sandhāya bhāsitaṃ’’.
55 . ‘‘Yo kho, jīvaka, tathāgataṃ vā tathāgatasāvakaṃ vā uddissa pāṇaṃ ārabhati so pañcahi
ṭhānehi bahuṃ apuññaṃ pasavati. Yampi so, gahapati, evamāha – ‘gacchatha, amukaṃ nāma pāṇaṃ
ānethā’ti, iminā paṭhamena ṭhānena bahuṃ apuññaṃ pasavati. Yampi so pāṇo galappaveṭhakena
[galappavedhakena (bahūsu)] ānīyamāno dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti, iminā dutiyena ṭhānena
bahuṃ apuññaṃ pasavati. Yampi so evamāha – ‘gacchatha imaṃ pāṇaṃ ārabhathā’ti, iminā tatiyena
ṭhānena bahuṃ apuññaṃ pasavati. Yampi so pāṇo ārabhiyamāno dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti,
iminā catutthena ṭhānena bahuṃ apuññaṃ pasavati. Yampi so tathāgataṃ vā tathāgatasāvakaṃ vā
akappiyena āsādeti, iminā pañcamena ṭhānena bahuṃ apuññaṃ pasavati. Yo kho, jīvaka, tathāgataṃ vā
tathāgatasāvakaṃ vā uddissa pāṇaṃ ārabhati so imehi pañcahi ṭhānehi bahuṃ apuññaṃ pasavatī’’ti.
Evaṃ vutte, jīvako komārabhacco bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ,
bhante! Kappiyaṃ vata, bhante, bhikkhū āhāraṃ āhārenti; anavajjaṃ vata, bhante, bhikkhū āhāraṃ
āhārenti. Abhikkantaṃ, bhante, abhikkantaṃ, bhante…pe… upāsakaṃ maṃ bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge
pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gata’’nti.
Jīvakasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ pañcamaṃ.
6. Upālisuttaṃ
56 . Evaṃ me sutaṃ –ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā nāḷandāyaṃ viharati pāvārikambavane. Tena kho
pana samayena nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto
[nāthaputto (sī.), nātaputto (pī.)] nāḷandāyaṃ paṭivasati mahatiyā
niga ṇṭ haparis āya saddhi ṃ. Atha kho d īghatapass ī niga ṇṭ ho n āḷ and āya ṃ pi ṇḍā ya caritv ā
pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yena pāvārikambavanaṃ yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami;
upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ
aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitaṃ kho dīghatapassiṃ nigaṇṭhaṃ bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘saṃvijjanti kho, tapassi
[dīghatapassi (syā. kaṃ. ka.)] , āsanāni; sace ākaṅkhasi nisīdā’’ti. Evaṃ vutte, dīghatapassī nigaṇṭho
aññataraṃ nīcaṃ āsanaṃ gahetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho dīghatapassiṃ
nigaṇṭhaṃ bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘kati pana, tapassi, nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto kammāni paññapeti pāpassa
kammassa kiriyāya pāpassa kammassa pavattiyā’’ti?
‘‘Na kho, āvuso gotama, āciṇṇaṃ nigaṇṭhassa nāṭaputtassa ‘kammaṃ, kamma’nti paññapetuṃ;
‘daṇḍaṃ, daṇḍa’nti kho, āvuso gotama, āciṇṇaṃ nigaṇṭhassa nāṭaputtassa paññapetu’’nti.
‘‘Kati pana, tapassi, nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto daṇḍāni paññapeti pāpassa kammassa kiriyāya pāpassa
kammassa pavattiyā’’ti?
‘‘Tīṇi kho, āvuso gotama, nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto daṇḍāni paññapeti pāpassa kammassa kiriyāya
pāpassa kammassa pavattiyāti, seyyathidaṃ –kāyadaṇḍaṃ, vacīdaṇḍaṃ, manodaṇḍa’’nti.
‘‘Kiṃ pana, tapassi, aññadeva kāyadaṇḍaṃ, aññaṃ vacīdaṇḍaṃ, aññaṃ manodaṇḍa’’nti?
‘‘Aññadeva, āvuso gotama, kāyadaṇḍaṃ, aññaṃ vacīdaṇḍaṃ, aññaṃ manodaṇḍa’’nti.
‘‘Imesaṃ pana, tapassi, tiṇṇaṃ daṇḍānaṃ evaṃ paṭivibhattānaṃ evaṃ paṭivisiṭṭhānaṃ katamaṃ
daṇḍaṃ nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto mahāsāvajjataraṃ paññapeti pāpassa kammassa kiriyāya pāpassa kammassa
pavattiyā, yadi vā kāyadaṇḍaṃ, yadi vā vacīdaṇḍaṃ, yadi vā manodaṇḍa’’nti?
‘‘Imesaṃ kho, āvuso gotama, tiṇṇaṃ daṇḍānaṃ evaṃ paṭivibhattānaṃ evaṃ paṭivisiṭṭhānaṃ
kāyadaṇḍaṃ nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto mahāsāvajjataraṃ paññapeti pāpassa kammassa kiriyāya pāpassa
kammassa pavattiyā, no tathā vacīdaṇḍaṃ, no tathā manodaṇḍa’’nti.
‘‘Kāyadaṇḍanti, tapassi, vadesi’’?
‘‘Kāyadaṇḍanti, āvuso gotama, vadāmi’’.
‘‘Kāyadaṇḍanti, tapassi, vadesi’’?
‘‘Kāyadaṇḍanti, āvuso gotama, vadāmi’’.
‘‘Kāyadaṇḍanti, tapassi, vadesi’’?
‘‘Kāyadaṇḍanti, āvuso gotama, vadāmī’’ti.
Itiha bhagavā dīghatapassiṃ nigaṇṭhaṃ imasmiṃ kathāvatthusmiṃ yāvatatiyakaṃ patiṭṭhāpesi.
57 . Evaṃ vutte, dīghatapassī nigaṇṭho bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘tvaṃ panāvuso gotama, kati
daṇḍāni paññapesi pāpassa kammassa kiriyāya pāpassa kammassa pavattiyā’’ti?
‘‘Na kho, tapassi, āciṇṇaṃ tathāgatassa ‘daṇḍaṃ, daṇḍa’nti paññapetuṃ; ‘kammaṃ, kamma’nti
kho, tapassi, āciṇṇaṃ tathāgatassa paññapetu’’nti?
‘‘ Tva ṃ pan āvuso gotama, kati kamm āni paññapesi p āpassa kammassa kiriy āya p āpassa kammassa
pavattiyā’’ti?
‘‘Tīṇi kho ahaṃ, tapassi, kammāni paññapemi pāpassa kammassa kiriyāya pāpassa kammassa
pavattiyā, seyyathidaṃ –kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, manokamma’’nti.
‘‘Kiṃ panāvuso gotama, aññadeva kāyakammaṃ, aññaṃ vacīkammaṃ, aññaṃ manokamma’’nti?
‘‘Aññadeva, tapassi, kāyakammaṃ, aññaṃ vacīkammaṃ, aññaṃ manokamma’’nti.
‘‘Imesaṃ panāvuso gotama, tiṇṇaṃ kammānaṃ evaṃ paṭivibhattānaṃ evaṃ paṭivisiṭṭhānaṃ
katamaṃ kammaṃ mahāsāvajjataraṃ paññapesi pāpassa kammassa kiriyāya pāpassa kammassa
pavattiyā, yadi vā kāyakammaṃ, yadi vā vacīkammaṃ, yadi vā manokamma’’nti?
‘‘Imesaṃ kho ahaṃ, tapassi, tiṇṇaṃ kammānaṃ evaṃ paṭivibhattānaṃ evaṃ paṭivisiṭṭhānaṃ
manokammaṃ mahāsāvajjataraṃ paññapemi pāpassa kammassa kiriyāya pāpassa kammassa pavattiyā,
no tathā kāyakammaṃ, no tathā vacīkamma’’nti.
‘‘Manokammanti, āvuso gotama, vadesi’’?
‘‘Manokammanti, tapassi, vadāmi’’.
‘‘Manokammanti, āvuso gotama, vadesi’’?
‘‘Manokammanti, tapassi, vadāmi’’.
‘‘Manokammanti, āvuso gotama, vadesi’’?
‘‘Manokammanti, tapassi, vadāmī’’ti.
Itiha dīghatapassī nigaṇṭho bhagavantaṃ imasmiṃ kathāvatthusmiṃ yāvatatiyakaṃ patiṭṭhāpetvā
uṭṭhāyāsanā yena nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto tenupasaṅkami.
58 . Tena kho pana samayena nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto mahatiyā gihiparisāya saddhiṃ nisinno hoti
bālakiniyā parisāya upālipamukhāya. Addasā kho nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto dīghatapassiṃ nigaṇṭhaṃ dūratova
āgacchantaṃ; disvāna dīghatapassiṃ nigaṇṭhaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘handa, kuto nu tvaṃ, tapassi, āgacchasi
divā divassā’’ti? ‘‘Ito hi kho ahaṃ, bhante, āgacchāmi samaṇassa gotamassa santikā’’ti. ‘‘Ahu pana te,
tapassi, samaṇena gotamena saddhiṃ kocideva kathāsallāpo’’ti? ‘‘Ahu kho me, bhante, samaṇena
gotamena saddhiṃ kocideva kathāsallāpo’’ti. ‘‘Yathā kathaṃ pana te, tapassi, ahu samaṇena gotamena
saddhiṃ kocideva kathāsallāpo’’ti? Atha kho dīghatapassī nigaṇṭho yāvatako ahosi bhagavatā saddhiṃ
kathāsallāpo taṃ sabbaṃ nigaṇṭhassa nāṭaputtassa ārocesi. Evaṃ vutte, nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto
dīghatapassiṃ nigaṇṭhaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sādhu sādhu, tapassi! Yathā taṃ sutavatā sāvakena sammadeva
satthusāsanaṃ ājānantena evameva dīghatapassinā nigaṇṭhena samaṇassa gotamassa byākataṃ. Kiñhi
sobhati chavo manodaṇḍo imassa evaṃ oḷārikassa kāyadaṇḍassa upanidhāya! Atha kho kāyadaṇḍova
mahāsāvajjataro pāpassa kammassa kiriyāya pāpassa kammassa pavattiyā, no tathā vacīdaṇḍo, no tathā
manodaṇḍo’’ti.
59 . Evaṃ vutte, upāli gahapati nigaṇṭhaṃ nāṭaputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sādhu sādhu, bhante
dīghatapassī
[tapassī (sī. pī.)] ! Yathā taṃ sutavatā sāvakena sammadeva satthusāsanaṃ ājānantena
evamevaṃ bhadantena tapassinā samaṇassa gotamassa byākataṃ. Kiñhi sobhati chavo manodaṇḍo
imassa eva ṃ oḷā rikassa k āyada ṇḍ assa upanidh āya! Atha kho k āyada ṇḍ ova mah āsāvajjataro p āpassa
kammassa kiriyāya pāpassa kammassa pavattiyā, no tathā vacīdaṇḍo, no tathā manodaṇḍo. Handa
cāhaṃ, bhante, gacchāmi samaṇassa gotamassa imasmiṃ kathāvatthusmiṃ vādaṃ āropessāmi. Sace me
samaṇo gotamo tathā patiṭṭhahissati yathā bhadantena tapassinā patiṭṭhāpitaṃ; seyyathāpi nāma balavā
puriso dīghalomikaṃ eḷakaṃ lomesu gahetvā ākaḍḍheyya parikaḍḍheyya samparikaḍḍheyya,
evamevāhaṃ samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ vādena vādaṃ ākaḍḍhissāmi parikaḍḍhissāmi samparikaḍḍhissāmi.
Seyyathāpi nāma balavā soṇḍikākammakāro mahantaṃ soṇḍikākilañjaṃ gambhīre udakarahade
pakkhipitvā kaṇṇe gahetvā ākaḍḍheyya parikaḍḍheyya samparikaḍḍheyya, evamevāhaṃ samaṇaṃ
gotamaṃ vādena vādaṃ ākaḍḍhissāmi parikaḍḍhissāmi samparikaḍḍhissāmi. Seyyathāpi nāma balavā
soṇḍikādhutto vālaṃ [thālaṃ (ka.)] kaṇṇe gahetvā odhuneyya niddhuneyya nipphoṭeyya [nicchādeyya
(sī. pī. ka.), niccoṭeyya (ka.), nippoṭheyya (syā. kaṃ.)] , evamevāhaṃ samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ vādena vādaṃ
odhunissāmi niddhunissāmi nipphoṭessāmi. Seyyathāpi nāma kuñjaro saṭṭhihāyano gambhīraṃ
pokkharaṇiṃ ogāhetvā sāṇadhovikaṃ nāma kīḷitajātaṃ kīḷati, evamevāhaṃ samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ
sāṇadhovikaṃ maññe kīḷitajātaṃ kīḷissāmi. Handa cāhaṃ, bhante, gacchāmi samaṇassa gotamassa
imasmiṃ kathāvatthusmiṃ vādaṃ āropessāmī’’ti. ‘‘Gaccha tvaṃ, gahapati, samaṇassa gotamassa
imasmiṃ kathāvatthusmiṃ vādaṃ āropehi. Ahaṃ vā hi, gahapati, samaṇassa gotamassa vādaṃ
āropeyyaṃ, dīghatapassī vā nigaṇṭho, tvaṃ vā’’ti.
60 . Evaṃ vutte, dīghatapassī nigaṇṭho nigaṇṭhaṃ nāṭaputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘na kho metaṃ, bhante,
ruccati yaṃ upāli gahapati samaṇassa gotamassa vādaṃ āropeyya. Samaṇo hi, bhante, gotamo māyāvī
āvaṭṭaniṃ māyaṃ jānāti yāya aññatitthiyānaṃ sāvake āvaṭṭetī’’ti. ‘‘Aṭṭhānaṃ kho etaṃ, tapassi,
anavakāso yaṃ upāli gahapati samaṇassa gotamassa sāvakattaṃ upagaccheyya. Ṭhānañca kho etaṃ
vijjati yaṃ samaṇo gotamo upālissa gahapatissa sāvakattaṃ upagaccheyya. Gaccha, tvaṃ, gahapati,
samaṇassa gotamassa imasmiṃ kathāvatthusmiṃ vādaṃ āropehi. Ahaṃ vā hi, gahapati, samaṇassa
gotamassa vādaṃ āropeyyaṃ, dīghatapassī vā nigaṇṭho, tvaṃ vā’’ti. Dutiyampi kho dīghatapassī…pe…
tatiyampi kho dīghatapassī nigaṇṭho nigaṇṭhaṃ nāṭaputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘na kho metaṃ, bhante, ruccati
yaṃ upāli gahapati samaṇassa gotamassa vādaṃ āropeyya. Samaṇo hi, bhante, gotamo māyāvī
āvaṭṭaniṃ māyaṃ jānāti yāya aññatitthiyānaṃ sāvake āvaṭṭetī’’ti. ‘‘Aṭṭhānaṃ kho etaṃ, tapassi,
anavakāso yaṃ upāli gahapati samaṇassa gotamassa sāvakattaṃ upagaccheyya. Ṭhānañca kho etaṃ
vijjati yaṃ samaṇo gotamo upālissa gahapatissa sāvakattaṃ upagaccheyya. Gaccha tvaṃ, gahapati,
samaṇassa gotamassa imasmiṃ kathāvatthusmiṃ vādaṃ āropehi. Ahaṃ vā hi, gahapati, samaṇassa
gotamassa vādaṃ āropeyyaṃ, dīghatapassī vā nigaṇṭho, tvaṃ vā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho upāli
gahapati nigaṇṭhassa nāṭaputtassa paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā nigaṇṭhaṃ nāṭaputtaṃ abhivādetvā
padakkhiṇaṃ katvā yena pāvārikambavanaṃ yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā
bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho upāli gahapati bhagavantaṃ
etadavoca – ‘‘āgamā nu khvidha, bhante, dīghatapassī nigaṇṭho’’ti?
‘‘Āgamā khvidha, gahapati, dīghatapassī nigaṇṭho’’ti.
‘‘Ahu kho pana te, bhante, dīghatapassinā nigaṇṭhena saddhiṃ kocideva kathāsallāpo’’ti?
‘‘Ahu kho me, gahapati, dīghatapassinā nigaṇṭhena saddhiṃ kocideva kathāsallāpo’’ti.
‘‘Yathā kathaṃ pana te, bhante, ahu dīghatapassinā nigaṇṭhena saddhiṃ kocideva kathāsallāpo’’ti?
Atha kho bhagavā yāvatako ahosi dīghatapassinā nigaṇṭhena saddhiṃ kathāsallāpo taṃ sabbaṃ
upālissa gahapatissa ārocesi.
61 . Evaṃ vutte, upāli gahapati bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sādhu sādhu, bhante tapassī! Yathā taṃ
sutavatā sāvakena sammadeva satthusāsanaṃ ājānantena evamevaṃ dīghatapassinā nigaṇṭhena
bhagavato by ākata ṃ. Kiñhi sobhati chavo manoda ṇḍ o imassa eva ṃ oḷā rikassa k āyada ṇḍ assa
upanidh āya? Atha kho k āyada ṇḍ ova mah āsāvajjataro p āpassa kammassa kiriy āya p āpassa
kammassa pavattiyā, no tathā vacīdaṇḍo, no tathā manodaṇḍo’’ti. ‘‘Sace kho tvaṃ, gahapati, sacce
patiṭṭhāya manteyyāsi siyā no ettha kathāsallāpo’’ti. ‘‘Sacce ahaṃ, bhante, patiṭṭhāya mantessāmi; hotu
no ettha kathāsallāpo’’ti.
62 . ‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, gahapati, idhassa nigaṇṭho ābādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno
sītodakapaṭikkhitto uṇhodakapaṭisevī. So sītodakaṃ alabhamāno kālaṅkareyya. Imassa pana, gahapati,
nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto katthūpapattiṃ paññapetī’’ti?
‘‘Atthi, bhante, manosattā nāma devā tattha so upapajjati’’.
‘‘Taṃ kissa hetu’’?
‘‘Asu hi, bhante, manopaṭibaddho kālaṅkarotī’’ti.
‘‘Manasi karohi, gahapati
[gahapati gahapati manasi karohi (sī. syā. kaṃ.), gahapati manasi karohi
(ka.), gahapati gahapati (pī.)] , manasi karitvā kho, gahapati, byākarohi. Na kho te sandhiyati purimena
vā pacchimaṃ, pacchimena vā purimaṃ. Bhāsitā kho pana te, gahapati, esā vācā – ‘sacce ahaṃ, bhante,
patiṭṭhāya mantessāmi, hotu no ettha kathāsallāpo’’’ti. ‘‘Kiñcāpi, bhante, bhagavā evamāha, atha kho
kāyadaṇḍova mahāsāvajjataro pāpassa kammassa kiriyāya pāpassa kammassa pavattiyā, no tathā
vacīdaṇḍo, no tathā manodaṇḍo’’ti.
63 . ‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, gahapati, idhassa nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto cātuyāmasaṃvarasaṃvuto
sabbavārivārito sabbavāriyutto sabbavāridhuto sabbavāriphuṭo. So abhikkamanto paṭikkamanto bahū
khuddake pāṇe saṅghātaṃ āpādeti. Imassa pana, gahapati, nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto kaṃ vipākaṃ
paññapetī’’ti?
‘‘Asañcetanikaṃ, bhante, nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto no mahāsāvajjaṃ paññapetī’’ti.
‘‘Sace pana, gahapati, cetetī’’ti?
‘‘Mahāsāvajjaṃ, bhante, hotī’’ti.
‘‘Cetanaṃ pana, gahapati, nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto kismiṃ paññapetī’’ti?
‘‘Manodaṇḍasmiṃ, bhante’’ti.
‘‘Manasi karohi, gahapati, manasi karitvā kho, gahapati, byākarohi. Na kho te sandhiyati purimena
vā pacchimaṃ, pacchimena vā purimaṃ. Bhāsitā kho pana te, gahapati, esā vācā – ‘sacce ahaṃ, bhante,
patiṭṭhāya mantessāmi; hotu no ettha kathāsallāpo’’’ti. ‘‘Kiñcāpi, bhante, bhagavā evamāha, atha kho
kāyadaṇḍova mahāsāvajjataro pāpassa kammassa kiriyāya pāpassa kammassa pavattiyā, no tathā
vacīdaṇḍo, no tathā manodaṇḍo’’ti.
64 . ‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, gahapati, ayaṃ nāḷandā iddhā ceva phītā ca bahujanā ākiṇṇamanussā’’ti?
‘‘Evaṃ, bhante, ayaṃ nāḷandā iddhā ceva phītā ca bahujanā ākiṇṇamanussā’’ti.
‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, gahapati, idha puriso āgaccheyya ukkhittāsiko. So evaṃ vadeyya – ‘ahaṃ
yāvatikā imissā nāḷandāya pāṇā te ekena khaṇena ekena muhuttena ekaṃ maṃsakhalaṃ ekaṃ
ma ṃsapuñja ṃ kariss āmī’ti. Ta ṃ ki ṃ maññasi, gahapati, pahoti nu kho so puriso y āvatik ā imiss ā
nāḷ and āya p āṇā te ekena kha ṇena ekena muhuttena eka ṃ ma ṃsakhala ṃ eka ṃ ma ṃsapuñja ṃ
kātu’’nti?
‘‘Dasapi, bhante, purisā, vīsampi, bhante, purisā, tiṃsampi, bhante, purisā, cattārīsampi, bhante,
purisā, paññāsampi, bhante, purisā nappahonti yāvatikā imissā nāḷandāya pāṇā te ekena khaṇena ekena
muhuttena ekaṃ maṃsakhalaṃ ekaṃ maṃsapuñjaṃ kātuṃ. Kiñhi sobhati eko chavo puriso’’ti!
‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, gahapati, idha āgaccheyya samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā iddhimā cetovasippatto. So
evaṃ vadeyya – ‘ahaṃ imaṃ nāḷandaṃ ekena manopadosena bhasmaṃ karissāmī’ti. Taṃ kiṃ maññasi,
gahapati, pahoti nu kho so samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā iddhimā cetovasippatto imaṃ nāḷandaṃ ekena
manopadosena bhasmaṃ kātu’’nti?
‘‘Dasapi, bhante, nāḷandā, vīsampi nāḷandā, tiṃsampi nāḷandā, cattārīsampi nāḷandā, paññāsampi
nāḷandā pahoti so samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā iddhimā cetovasippatto ekena manopadosena bhasmaṃ
kātuṃ. Kiñhi sobhati ekā chavā nāḷandā’’ti!
‘‘Manasi karohi, gahapati, manasi karitvā kho, gahapati, byākarohi. Na kho te sandhiyati purimena
vā pacchimaṃ, pacchimena vā purimaṃ. Bhāsitā kho pana te, gahapati, esā vācā – ‘sacce ahaṃ, bhante,
patiṭṭhāya mantessāmi; hotu no ettha kathāsallāpo’’’ti.
‘‘Kiñcāpi, bhante, bhagavā evamāha, atha kho kāyadaṇḍova mahāsāvajjataro pāpassa kammassa
kiriyāya pāpassa kammassa pavattiyā, no tathā vacīdaṇḍo, no tathā manodaṇḍo’’ti.
65 . ‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, gahapati, sutaṃ te daṇḍakīraññaṃ
[daṇḍakāraññaṃ (sī. pī.)]
kāliṅgāraññaṃ majjhāraññaṃ [mejjhāraññaṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] mātaṅgāraññaṃ araññaṃ
araññabhūta’’nti?
‘‘Evaṃ, bhante, sutaṃ me daṇḍakīraññaṃ kāliṅgāraññaṃ majjhāraññaṃ mātaṅgāraññaṃ araññaṃ
araññabhūta’’nti.
‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, gahapati, kinti te sutaṃ kena taṃ daṇḍakīraññaṃ kāliṅgāraññaṃ
majjhāraññaṃ mātaṅgāraññaṃ araññaṃ araññabhūta’’nti?
‘‘Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante, isīnaṃ manopadosena taṃ daṇḍakīraññaṃ kāliṅgāraññaṃ majjhāraññaṃ
mātaṅgāraññaṃ araññaṃ araññabhūta’’nti.
‘‘Manasi karohi, gahapati, manasi karitvā kho, gahapati, byākarohi. Na kho te sandhiyati purimena
vā pacchimaṃ, pacchimena vā purimaṃ. Bhāsitā kho pana te, gahapati, esā vācā – ‘sacce ahaṃ, bhante,
patiṭṭhāya mantessāmi; hotu no ettha kathāsallāpo’’’ti.
66 . ‘‘Purimenevāhaṃ, bhante, opammena bhagavato attamano abhiraddho. Api cāhaṃ imāni
bhagavato vicitrāni pañhapaṭibhānāni sotukāmo, evāhaṃ bhagavantaṃ paccanīkaṃ kātabbaṃ
amaññissaṃ. Abhikkantaṃ, bhante, abhikkantaṃ, bhante! Seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṃ vā
ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ
dhāreyya – cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantīti; evamevaṃ bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito.
Esāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. Upāsakaṃ maṃ
bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gata’’nti.
67 . ‘‘Anuviccakāraṃ kho, gahapati, karohi, anuviccakāro tumhādisānaṃ ñātamanussānaṃ sādhu
hotī’’ti. ‘‘Imināpāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavato bhiyyosomattāya attamano abhiraddho yaṃ maṃ bhagavā
evamāha – ‘anuviccakāraṃ kho, gahapati, karohi, anuviccakāro tumhādisānaṃ ñātamanussānaṃ sādhu
hot ī’ti. Mañhi, bhante, aññatitthiy ā sāvaka ṃ labhitv ā kevalakappa ṃ nāḷ anda ṃ pa ṭā ka ṃ
parihareyyuṃ – ‘upāli amhākaṃ gahapati sāvakattaṃ upagato’ti. Atha ca pana maṃ bhagavā evamāha –
‘anuviccakāraṃ kho, gahapati, karohi, anuviccakāro tumhādisānaṃ ñātamanussānaṃ sādhu hotī’ti.
Esāhaṃ, bhante, dutiyampi bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. Upāsakaṃ
maṃ bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gata’’nti.
68 . ‘‘Dīgharattaṃ kho te, gahapati, nigaṇṭhānaṃ opānabhūtaṃ kulaṃ yena nesaṃ upagatānaṃ
piṇḍakaṃ dātabbaṃ maññeyyāsī’’ti. ‘‘Imināpāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavato bhiyyosomattāya attamano
abhiraddho yaṃ maṃ bhagavā evamāha – ‘dīgharattaṃ kho te, gahapati, nigaṇṭhānaṃ opānabhūtaṃ
kulaṃ yena nesaṃ upagatānaṃ piṇḍakaṃ dātabbaṃ maññeyyāsī’ti. Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante, samaṇo
gotamo evamāha – ‘mayhameva dānaṃ dātabbaṃ, nāññesaṃ dānaṃ dātabbaṃ; mayhameva sāvakānaṃ
dānaṃ dātabbaṃ, nāññesaṃ sāvakānaṃ dānaṃ dātabbaṃ; mayhameva dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ,
nāññesaṃ dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ; mayhameva sāvakānaṃ dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ, nāññesaṃ sāvakānaṃ
dinnaṃ mahapphala’nti. Atha ca pana maṃ bhagavā nigaṇṭhesupi dāne samādapeti. Api ca, bhante,
mayamettha kālaṃ jānissāma. Esāhaṃ, bhante, tatiyampi bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañca
bhikkhusaṅghañca. Upāsakaṃ maṃ bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gata’’nti.
69 . Atha kho bhagavā upālissa gahapatissa anupubbiṃ kathaṃ
[ānupubbīkathaṃ (sī.),
ānupubbikathaṃ (pī.), anupubbikathaṃ (syā. kaṃ. ka.)] kathesi, seyyathidaṃ – dānakathaṃ sīlakathaṃ
saggakathaṃ, kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ, nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi. Yadā bhagavā
aññāsi upāliṃ gahapatiṃ kallacittaṃ muducittaṃ vinīvaraṇacittaṃ udaggacittaṃ pasannacittaṃ, atha yā
buddhānaṃ sāmukkaṃsikā dhammadesanā taṃ pakāsesi – dukkhaṃ, samudayaṃ, nirodhaṃ, maggaṃ.
Seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṃ vatthaṃ apagatakāḷakaṃ sammadeva rajanaṃ paṭiggaṇheyya, evameva
upālissa gahapatissa tasmiṃyeva āsane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi – ‘yaṃ kiñci
samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’nti. Atha kho upāli gahapati diṭṭhadhammo
pattadhammo viditadhammo pariyogāḷhadhammo tiṇṇavicikiccho vigatakathaṃkatho vesārajjappatto
aparappaccayo satthusāsane bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘handa ca dāni mayaṃ, bhante, gacchāma,
bahukiccā mayaṃ bahukaraṇīyā’’ti. ‘‘Yassadāni tvaṃ, gahapati, kālaṃ maññasī’’ti.
70 . Atha kho upāli gahapati bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā
bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā yena sakaṃ nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā
dovārikaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ajjatagge, samma dovārika, āvarāmi dvāraṃ nigaṇṭhānaṃ nigaṇṭhīnaṃ,
anāvaṭaṃ dvāraṃ bhagavato bhikkhūnaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ upāsakānaṃ upāsikānaṃ. Sace koci nigaṇṭho
āgacchati tamenaṃ tvaṃ evaṃ vadeyyāsi – ‘tiṭṭha, bhante, mā pāvisi. Ajjatagge upāli gahapati
samaṇassa gotamassa sāvakattaṃ upagato. Āvaṭaṃ dvāraṃ nigaṇṭhānaṃ nigaṇṭhīnaṃ, anāvaṭaṃ dvāraṃ
bhagavato bhikkhūnaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ upāsakānaṃ upāsikānaṃ. Sace te, bhante, piṇḍakena attho,
ettheva tiṭṭha, ettheva te āharissantī’’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho dovāriko upālissa gahapatissa
paccassosi.
71 . Assosi kho dīghatapassī nigaṇṭho – ‘‘upāli kira gahapati samaṇassa gotamassa sāvakattaṃ
upagato’’ti. Atha kho dīghatapassī nigaṇṭho yena nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā
nigaṇṭhaṃ nāṭaputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante, upāli kira gahapati samaṇassa gotamassa
sāvakattaṃ upagato’’ti. ‘‘Aṭṭhānaṃ kho etaṃ, tapassi, anavakāso yaṃ upāli gahapati samaṇassa
gotamassa sāvakattaṃ upagaccheyya. Ṭhānañca kho etaṃ vijjati yaṃ samaṇo gotamo upālissa
gahapatissa sāvakattaṃ upagaccheyyā’’ti. Dutiyampi kho dīghatapassī nigaṇṭho…pe… tatiyampi kho
dīghatapassī nigaṇṭho nigaṇṭhaṃ nāṭaputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante …pe… upālissa
gahapatissa sāvakattaṃ upagaccheyyā’’ti. ‘‘Handāhaṃ, bhante, gacchāmi yāva jānāmi yadi vā upāli
gahapati samaṇassa gotamassa sāvakattaṃ upagato yadi vā no’’ti. ‘‘Gaccha tvaṃ, tapassi, jānāhi yadi vā
upāli gahapati samaṇassa gotamassa sāvakattaṃ upagato yadi vā no’’ti.
72 . Atha kho d īghatapass ī niga ṇṭ ho yena up ālissa gahapatissa nivesana ṃ tenupasa ṅkami. Addas ā
kho dov āriko d īghatapassi ṃ niga ṇṭ ha ṃ dūratova āgacchanta ṃ. Disv āna d īghatapassi ṃ niga ṇṭ ha ṃ
etadavoca – ‘‘tiṭṭha, bhante, mā pāvisi. Ajjatagge upāli gahapati samaṇassa gotamassa sāvakattaṃ
upagato. Āvaṭaṃ dvāraṃ nigaṇṭhānaṃ nigaṇṭhīnaṃ, anāvaṭaṃ dvāraṃ bhagavato bhikkhūnaṃ
bhikkhunīnaṃ upāsakānaṃ upāsikānaṃ. Sace te, bhante, piṇḍakena attho, ettheva tiṭṭha, ettheva te
āharissantī’’ti. ‘‘Na me, āvuso, piṇḍakena attho’’ti vatvā tato paṭinivattitvā yena nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto
tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā nigaṇṭhaṃ nāṭaputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘saccaṃyeva kho, bhante, yaṃ upāli
gahapati samaṇassa gotamassa sāvakattaṃ upagato. Etaṃ kho te ahaṃ, bhante, nālatthaṃ na kho me,
bhante, ruccati yaṃ upāli gahapati samaṇassa gotamassa vādaṃ āropeyya. Samaṇo hi, bhante, gotamo
māyāvī āvaṭṭaniṃ māyaṃ jānāti yāya aññatitthiyānaṃ sāvake āvaṭṭetīti. Āvaṭṭo kho te, bhante, upāli
gahapati samaṇena gotamena āvaṭṭaniyā māyāyā’’ti. ‘‘Aṭṭhānaṃ kho etaṃ, tapassi, anavakāso yaṃ upāli
gahapati samaṇassa gotamassa sāvakattaṃ upagaccheyya. Ṭhānañca kho etaṃ vijjati yaṃ samaṇo
gotamo upālissa gahapatissa sāvakattaṃ upagaccheyyā’’ti. Dutiyampi kho dīghatapassī nigaṇṭho
nigaṇṭhaṃ nāṭaputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘saccaṃyeva, bhante…pe… upālissa gahapatissa sāvakattaṃ
upagaccheyyā’’ti. Tatiyampi kho dīghatapassī nigaṇṭho nigaṇṭhaṃ nāṭaputtaṃ etadavoca –
‘‘saccaṃyeva kho, bhante…pe… upālissa gahapatissa sāvakattaṃ upagaccheyyā’’ti. ‘‘Handa cāhaṃ,
tapassi, gacchāmi yāva cāhaṃ sāmaṃyeva jānāmi yadi vā upāli gahapati samaṇassa gotamassa
sāvakattaṃ upagato yadi vā no’’ti.
Atha kho nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto mahatiyā nigaṇṭhaparisāya saddhiṃ yena upālissa gahapatissa
nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami. Addasā kho dovāriko nigaṇṭhaṃ nāṭaputtaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ. Disvāna
nigaṇṭhaṃ nāṭaputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘tiṭṭha, bhante, mā pāvisi. Ajjatagge upāli gahapati samaṇassa
gotamassa sāvakattaṃ upagato. Āvaṭaṃ dvāraṃ nigaṇṭhānaṃ nigaṇṭhīnaṃ, anāvaṭaṃ dvāraṃ bhagavato
bhikkhūnaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ upāsakānaṃ upāsikānaṃ. Sace te, bhante, piṇḍakena attho, ettheva tiṭṭha,
ettheva te āharissantī’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi, samma dovārika, yena upāli gahapati tenupasaṅkama;
upasaṅkamitvā upāliṃ gahapatiṃ evaṃ vadehi – ‘nigaṇṭho, bhante, nāṭaputto mahatiyā nigaṇṭhaparisāya
saddhiṃ bahidvārakoṭṭhake ṭhito; so te dassanakāmo’’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho dovāriko nigaṇṭhassa
nāṭaputtassa paṭissutvā yena upāli gahapati tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā upāliṃ gahapatiṃ etadavoca
– ‘‘nigaṇṭho, bhante, nāṭaputto mahatiyā nigaṇṭhaparisāya saddhiṃ bahidvārakoṭṭhake ṭhito; so te
dassanakāmo’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi, samma dovārika, majjhimāya dvārasālāya āsanāni paññapehī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ,
bhante’’ti kho dovāriko upālissa gahapatissa paṭissutvā majjhimāya dvārasālāya āsanāni paññapetvā
yena upāli gahapati tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā upāliṃ gahapatiṃ etadavoca – ‘‘paññattāni kho,
bhante, majjhimāya dvārasālāya āsanāni. Yassadāni kālaṃ maññasī’’ti.
73 . Atha kho upāli gahapati yena majjhimā dvārasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā yaṃ tattha
āsanaṃ aggañca seṭṭhañca uttamañca paṇītañca tattha sāmaṃ nisīditvā dovārikaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘tena hi,
samma dovārika, yena nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto tenupasaṅkama; upasaṅkamitvā nigaṇṭhaṃ nāṭaputtaṃ evaṃ
vadehi – ‘upāli, bhante, gahapati evamāha – pavisa kira, bhante, sace ākaṅkhasī’’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti
kho dovāriko upālissa gahapatissa paṭissutvā yena nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā
nigaṇṭhaṃ nāṭaputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘upāli, bhante, gahapati evamāha – ‘pavisa kira, bhante, sace
ākaṅkhasī’’’ti. Atha kho nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto mahatiyā nigaṇṭhaparisāya saddhiṃ yena majjhimā
dvārasālā tenupasaṅkami. Atha kho upāli gahapati – yaṃ sudaṃ pubbe yato passati nigaṇṭhaṃ
nāṭaputtaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ disvāna tato paccuggantvā yaṃ tattha āsanaṃ aggañca seṭṭhañca
uttamañca paṇītañca taṃ uttarāsaṅgena sammajjitvā [pamajjitvā (sī. pī.)] pariggahetvā nisīdāpeti so –
dāni yaṃ tattha āsanaṃ aggañca seṭṭhañca uttamañca paṇītañca tattha sāmaṃ nisīditvā nigaṇṭhaṃ
nāṭaputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘saṃvijjanti kho, bhante, āsanāni; sace ākaṅkhasi, nisīdā’’ti. Evaṃ vutte,
nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto upāliṃ gahapatiṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ummattosi tvaṃ, gahapati, dattosi tvaṃ, gahapati!
‘Gacchāmahaṃ, bhante, samaṇassa gotamassa vādaṃ āropessāmī’ti gantvā mahatāsi vādasaṅghāṭena
paṭimukko āgato. Seyyathāpi, gahapati, puriso aṇḍahārako gantvā ubbhatehi aṇḍehi āgaccheyya,
seyyathā vā pana gahapati puriso akkhikahārako gantvā ubbhatehi akkhīhi āgaccheyya; evameva kho
tvaṃ, gahapati, ‘gacchāmahaṃ, bhante, samaṇassa gotamassa vādaṃ āropessāmī’ti gantvā mahatāsi
vādasa ṅgh āṭ ena pa ṭimukko āgato. Āva ṭṭ osi kho tva ṃ, gahapati, sama ṇena gotamena āva ṭṭ aniy ā
māyāyā’’ ti.
74 . ‘‘Bhaddikā, bhante, āvaṭṭanī māyā; kalyāṇī, bhante, āvaṭṭanī māyā; piyā me, bhante, ñātisālohitā
imāya āvaṭṭaniyā āvaṭṭeyyuṃ; piyānampi me assa ñātisālohitānaṃ dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya; sabbe
cepi, bhante, khattiyā imāya āvaṭṭaniyā āvaṭṭeyyuṃ; sabbesānampissa khattiyānaṃ dīgharattaṃ hitāya
sukhāya; sabbe cepi, bhante, brāhmaṇā…pe… vessā…pe… suddā imāya āvaṭṭaniyā āvaṭṭeyyuṃ;
sabbesānampissa suddānaṃ dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya; sadevako cepi, bhante, loko samārako
sabrahmako sassamaṇabrāhmaṇī pajā sadevamanussā imāya āvaṭṭaniyā āvaṭṭeyyuṃ; sadevakassapissa
lokassa samārakassa sabrahmakassa sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya dīgharattaṃ hitāya
sukhāyāti. Tena hi, bhante, upamaṃ te karissāmi. Upamāya pidhekacce viññū purisā bhāsitassa atthaṃ
ājānanti.
75 . ‘‘Bhūtapubbaṃ, bhante, aññatarassa brāhmaṇassa jiṇṇassa vuḍḍhassa mahallakassa daharā
māṇavikā pajāpatī ahosi gabbhinī upavijaññā. Atha kho, bhante, sā māṇavikā taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ etadavoca
– ‘gaccha tvaṃ, brāhmaṇa, āpaṇā makkaṭacchāpakaṃ kiṇitvā ānehi, yo me kumārakassa kīḷāpanako
bhavissatī’ti. Evaṃ vutte, so brāhmaṇo taṃ māṇavikaṃ etadavoca – ‘āgamehi tāva, bhoti, yāva vijāyati.
Sace tvaṃ, bhoti, kumārakaṃ vijāyissasi, tassā te ahaṃ āpaṇā makkaṭacchāpakaṃ kiṇitvā ānessāmi, yo
te kumārakassa kīḷāpanako bhavissati. Sace pana tvaṃ, bhoti, kumārikaṃ vijāyissasi, tassā te ahaṃ
āpaṇā makkaṭacchāpikaṃ kiṇitvā ānessāmi, yā te kumārikāya kīḷāpanikā bhavissatī’ti. Dutiyampi kho,
bhante, sā māṇavikā…pe… tatiyampi kho, bhante, sā māṇavikā taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ etadavoca – ‘gaccha
tvaṃ, brāhmaṇa, āpaṇā makkaṭacchāpakaṃ kiṇitvā ānehi, yo me kumārakassa kīḷāpanako bhavissatī’ti.
Atha kho, bhante, so brāhmaṇo tassā māṇavikāya sāratto paṭibaddhacitto āpaṇā makkaṭacchāpakaṃ
kiṇitvā ānetvā taṃ māṇavikaṃ etadavoca – ‘ayaṃ te, bhoti, āpaṇā makkaṭacchāpako kiṇitvā ānīto, yo te
kumārakassa kīḷāpanako bhavissatī’ti. Evaṃ vutte, bhante, sā māṇavikā taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ etadavoca –
‘gaccha tvaṃ, brāhmaṇa, imaṃ makkaṭacchāpakaṃ ādāya yena rattapāṇi rajataputto tenupasaṅkama;
upasaṅkamitvā rattapāṇiṃ rajakaputtaṃ evaṃ vadehi – icchāmahaṃ, samma rattapāṇi, imaṃ
makkaṭacchāpakaṃ pītāvalepanaṃ nāma raṅgajātaṃ rajitaṃ ākoṭitapaccākoṭitaṃ
ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭha’nti.
‘‘Atha kho, bhante, so brāhmaṇo tassā māṇavikāya sāratto paṭibaddhacitto taṃ makkaṭacchāpakaṃ
ādāya yena rattapāṇi rajakaputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā rattapāṇiṃ rajakaputtaṃ etadavoca –
‘icchāmahaṃ, samma rattapāṇi, imaṃ makkaṭacchāpakaṃ pītāvalepanaṃ nāma raṅgajātaṃ rajitaṃ
ākoṭitapaccākoṭitaṃ ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭha’nti. Evaṃ vutte, bhante, rattapāṇi rajakaputto taṃ
brāhmaṇaṃ etadavoca – ‘ayaṃ kho te, makkaṭacchāpako raṅgakkhamo hi kho, no ākoṭanakkhamo, no
vimajjanakkhamo’ti. Evameva kho, bhante, bālānaṃ nigaṇṭhānaṃ vādo raṅgakkhamo hi kho bālānaṃ
no paṇḍitānaṃ, no anuyogakkhamo, no vimajjanakkhamo. Atha kho, bhante, so brāhmaṇo aparena
samayena navaṃ dussayugaṃ ādāya yena rattapāṇi rajakaputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā
rattapāṇiṃ rajakaputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘icchāmahaṃ, samma rattapāṇi, imaṃ navaṃ dussayugaṃ
pītāvalepanaṃ nāma raṅgajātaṃ rajitaṃ ākoṭitapaccākoṭitaṃ ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭha’nti. Evaṃ vutte,
bhante, rattapāṇi rajakaputto taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ etadavoca – ‘idaṃ kho te, bhante, navaṃ dussayugaṃ
raṅgakkhamañceva ākoṭanakkhamañca vimajjanakkhamañcā’ti. Evameva kho, bhante, tassa bhagavato
vādo arahato sammāsambuddhassa raṅgakkhamo ceva paṇḍitānaṃ no bālānaṃ, anuyogakkhamo ca
vimajjanakkhamo cā’’ti.
‘‘Sarājikā kho, gahapati, parisā evaṃ jānāti – ‘upāli gahapati nigaṇṭhassa nāṭaputtassa sāvako’ti.
Kassa taṃ, gahapati, sāvakaṃ dhāremā’’ti? Evaṃ vutte, upāli gahapati uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ
uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṃ paṇāmetvā nigaṇṭhaṃ nāṭaputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘tena hi,
bhante, suṇohi yassāhaṃ sāvako’’ti –
76 . ‘‘Dhīrassa vigatamohassa, pabhinnakhīlassa vijitavijayassa;
An īghassa susamacittassa, vuddhas īlassa s ādhupaññassa;
Bản dịch
Chưa có bản dịch đã xuất bản.
Bản dịch được quản trị theo từng trang nguồn; có thể đổi ngôn ngữ bằng các tab phía trên cột dịch (khi hiển thị dịch). «Trang trong sách»: Liền mạch gộp nhiều trang (có giới hạn); Theo từng trang dùng mục lục hoặc nút chuyển trang — áp dụng cho mọi chế độ (Chỉ Pāli, Chỉ dịch, Song song).